682865
9
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/598
Next page
TR8500 series
Online Manual
Basic Operation
Network
Maintenance
Overview of the Machine
Information about Paper
Printing
Copying
Scanning
Faxing
Frequently Asked Questions
List of Support Code for Error
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Basic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Printing Photos from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Printing Photos from Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Another Printer Found with Same Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Memory Card, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Paper Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Loading Paper in the Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Where to Load Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Before Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Removing the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Confirming that the Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Setting the Ink Tank to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
FAX settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Device user settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Execute Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Tiling/Poster Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Quick Setup tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Main tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Page Setup tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Maintenance tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Scanning from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
IJ Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Preparing for Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Connecting Telephone Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Setting Telephone Line Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Setting Receive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Setting Sender Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Registering Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Registering Recipients in Group Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Changing Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Deleting Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Printing List of Registered Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Setting Items for Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Cannot Send Faxes from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
General Notes (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Changing Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Memory Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Other Useful Fax Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Document Stored in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Printing Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Saving Document in Printer's Memory to Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Power Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's Wireless LAN Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Wireless LAN Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Wireless Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking LAN Cable and Router. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's Wired LAN Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Network Key Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings. . . . . . . . . . . 498
Other Network Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Checking Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Printing Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
No Ink Comes Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Lines Are Misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Faxing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Problems Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Cannot Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Problems Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Quality of Received Fax is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Telephone Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Cannot Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Telephone Disconnects During a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Power Does Not Come On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Power Shuts Off By Itself. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
An Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
1304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
1313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Using Online Manual
Operating Environment
Symbols Used in This Document
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
Printing Online Manual
Trademarks and Licenses
Screenshots in This Manual
12
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information. To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product,
be sure to read these indications.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
Icons may vary depending on your product.
13
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
14
Trademarks and Licenses
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
Mac, Mac OS, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. macOS is a trademarks
of Apple Inc.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Play, Google Drive,
Google Apps and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
Adobe, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are
either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or
other countries.
Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
Note
The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
15
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
16
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
17
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
18
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
19
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
20
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
21
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
22
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
23
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
24
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
25
Basic Operation
Printing Photos from a Computer
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
Copying
Printing Photos from Memory Card
Faxing
26
Printing Photos from a Computer
This section describes how to print photos with My Image Garden.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
2.
Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.
27
5.
Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed
on the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
28
7. Open the operation panel (F), pull out the paper output tray (G) and paper output support
(H), and open the output tray extension (I).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
8.
Click the My Image Garden icon (J) in Quick Menu.
The Guide Menu screen is displayed.
Note
The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region, the registered printer/
scanner and the installed applications.
9. Click the Photo Print icon (K).
29
10.
Click the folder (L) with photos you want to print.
11.
Click the photos (M) you want to print.
For Windows:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key.
For Mac OS:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key.
12.
Click Print (N).
13. Specify the number of copies, etc.
For Windows:
Specify the number of copies, your printer name, media type, etc.
30
For Mac OS:
Specify the number of copies.
14.
Start printing.
For Windows:
Click Print.
For Mac OS:
Click Print.
When the Print dialog starts, specify your printer name, paper size, etc., then click Print.
Note
My Image Garden lets you use images on your computer, such as photos taken with a digital camera, in
a number of ways.
For Windows:
My Image Garden Guide
For Mac OS:
My Image Garden Guide
If your printer is not displayed on Mac OS, the AirPrint setting in My Image Garden may not be correct.
For details on how to set correctly, refer to a heading for AirPrint-enabled Printer on below page.
Making Settings According to Printer Status
31
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
This section describes how to print photos with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
For details on how to download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, see below.
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
1.
Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
2.
Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.
32
5.
Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed
on the LCD.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
33
7. Open the operation panel (F), pull out the paper output tray (G) and paper output support
(H), and open the output tray extension (I).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
8.
Start (Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY) from your smartphone/tablet.
9.
Select Photo Print on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
The list of photos saved on your smartphone/tablet is displayed.
10.
Select a photo.
You can also select multiple photos at once.
11.
Specify the number of copies, paper size, etc.
12.
Select Print.
34
Copying
This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper loaded in the cassette.
1. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
2.
Remove the cassette cover (B).
3.
To load A4 sized paper in the cassette, press down the lock (C) on the cassette, then
extend the cassette.
35
Important
Do not extend the cassette when loading other than A4 sized paper in the cassette.
4. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.
5.
Align the paper guides (D) with the paper length and width.
6.
Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.
36
After inserting the cassette into the printer, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is
displayed on the touch screen.
7.
Select the size of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size, and then select Register.
8.
Open the operation panel (E), pull out the paper output tray (F) and paper output support
(G), and open the output tray extension (H).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
37
9.
Select Copy (I) on the HOME screen.
10.
Select Standard copy.
11.
Open the document cover (J).
12.
Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with the
alignment mark (K).
38
13.
Close the document cover.
14.
Confirm the paper settings, then press the Black button (L) or Color button (M).
Important
Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.
Note
Your printer is equipped with many other convenient copy features.
Copying
39
Printing Photos from Memory Card
This section describes how to print photos on a memory card.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
2.
Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.
40
5.
Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed
on the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
41
7. Open the operation panel (F), pull out the paper output tray (G) and paper output support
(H), and open the output tray extension (I).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
8.
Insert the memory card.
* The figure below shows the SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card as an example.
Note
For details on inserting memory cards other than SD/SDHC/SDXC, see below.
Inserting the Memory Card
9. Flick right and left through the photos (J) and select one.
10. Confirm the paper settings, then press the Color button (K).
42
Important
Do not remove the memory card during printing. Data on the memory card may be damaged.
Note
Your printer is equipped with many other convenient photo print features.
Printing Photo Data
43
Faxing
Fax multiple documents in black and white as follows.
1.
Open the document tray (A).
2.
Insert the document WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP.
3.
Adjust the document guide (B).
4.
Select FAX (C) on the HOME screen.
44
5.
Select Enter the number (D).
6.
Enter the fax number (E) and select OK (F).
7. Press the Black button (G).
45
Note
Many other convenient faxing features are available.
Faxing
46
Network
Available Connection Methods
The following connection methods are available on the printer.
Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer.
When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
Wireless Direct
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on
your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears,
disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.
Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol are specified automatically.
Wired Connection
Connect the printer and hub/router using a LAN cable. Prepare a LAN cable.
Note
You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB
cable. For details, see Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN
Connection.
47
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
To change network connection method:
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Changing Connection Mode
To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows
For Mac OS
Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/Mac OS)
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
For Mac OS:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Mac OS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
48
Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
49
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection.
Connect via wireless router
You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time.
Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of network devices vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your network device or contact
its manufacturer.
This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac, IEEE802.11a, or IEEE802.11n (5 GHz). Check if your
device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
For office use, consult your network administrator.
Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in
Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on checking or changing wireless router settings, see the router manual or contact its
manufacturer.
If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
50
In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
Connection Using a Wired Network
You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time.
When using a router, connect the printer and a device to the LAN side (same network segment).
51
Network Connection Tips
Default Network Settings
Another Printer Found with Same Name
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN
Connection
Printing Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
52
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
WLAN active/inactive Inactive
SSID BJNPSETUP
Wireless LAN security Disable
IP address (IPv4) Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting 15 minutes
Enable/disable Bonjour Enable
Service name Canon TR8500 series
LPR protocol setting Enable
RAW protocol Enable
LLMNR Active
PictBridge communication Enable
Wired LAN DRX setting Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
SSID (Identifier for wireless direct) DIRECT-abXX-TR8500series *1
Password YYYYYYYYYY *2
Wireless LAN security WPA2-PSK (AES)
Wireless Direct device name DIRECT-abXX-TR8500series *1
Connection request confirmation Displayed
53
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
54
Another Printer Found with Same Name
When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
For Mac OS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
Serial number may not appear on result screen.
Check the printer's MAC address and the serial number by one of the following methods.
Display on the touch screen.
MAC address
LAN settings
Serial number
System information
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
55
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to
LAN Connection
For Windows:
For Mac OS:
For Windows:
To add a computer to connect to the printer on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform
setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection,
perform setup from the web page.
56
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
1.
Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3.
Select "Network status" on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4.
Check message and select Yes.
5.
Select Print details.
6.
Select Yes.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics
57
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details http://canon.com/ijnwt
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX (GHz)
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN SSID
3-2-7 Channel Channel XX (1 to 13)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method None/WEP/TKIP/AES
3-2-9 WEP Key Length WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
58
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH
3-3 Access Point Mode Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct SSID
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password (10 alphanumeric characters)
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
59
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method
4 Wired LAN Wired LAN Enable/Disable
4-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
4-2 Connection Wired LAN status Active/Inactive
4-3 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
4-4 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-5 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-6 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-7 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
4-8 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-9 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
4-10 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-11 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
4-12 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-13 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
4-14 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-15 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
4-16 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
60
4-17 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
4-18 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-19 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-20 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-21 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-25 IPsec IPsec setting Active
4-26 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH
4-27 Wired LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wired LAN)
Enable/Disable
5 Other Settings Other settings
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service
Name
Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric charac-
ters)
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-13 PictBridge Commun. PictBridge Communi-
cation
Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server
address automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
61
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specifica-
tion
1 to 65535
5-20 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-1)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
6 Bluetooth Bluetooth settings
6-1 Bluetooth Setting Bluetooth Enable/Disable
6-2 Bluetooth PIN Code Bluetooth PIN code XXXXXXXX
6-3 Bluetooth Device Ad-
dress
Bluetooth device ad-
dress of the printer
XXXXXXXX
6-4 Peer Device Address Device address of
paired device
XXXXXXXX
6-5 Bluetooth Device
Name
Bluetooth device
name of the printer
XXXXXXXX
7 Printer Log Service Printer log service
7-1 Unsent Usage Logs Number of unsent us-
age logs
0 to 200
7-2 Usage Log Last Sent Last date when usage
log was sent
XXXXXXXX
7-3 Point Service Registration status of
Ikkyu
Active/Awaiting Activation/No Active Service
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
62
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN
Connection Method
Changing LAN Connection Method
Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Changing LAN Connection Method
Follow either procedure below to change LAN connection method (wired or wireless).
For Windows:
Redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
Tap the icon on the lower left on HOME screen, select Yes and select Wireless LAN -> WLAN
active/inactive -> Active, or select Wired LAN -> Wired LAN active/inactive -> Active
according to the connection method you want to use.
After that, perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For details, refer to Performing/Changing Wireless LAN Settings or Performing/Changing Wired
LAN Settings.
For Mac OS:
Redo setup from the web page.
Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Follow either procedure below to change wireless LAN connection method (infrastructure or Wireless
Direct).
For Windows:
Redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Important
Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless
connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, touch the HOME button.
2. Select "Network status" on the touch screen.
63
Using the Operation Panel
3. Check message and select Yes.
4. Select LAN settings.
5. Select Wireless LAN.
6. Select Wireless LAN setup.
7. Select Easy wireless connect.
8. Check message and select Yes.
Follow instructions on your smartphone or tablet.
9. If message saying setup is completed appears, select OK.
For Mac OS:
Redo setup from the web page.
64
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Memory Card, etc.
Loading Paper
Loading Originals
Inserting the Memory Card
Replacing Ink Tanks
65
Loading Paper
Paper Sources
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes
66
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray (A) and cassette (B).
You can load all supported paper on the rear tray.
Supported Media Types
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media
type, the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print
quality.
For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes
67
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.
Loading Envelopes
Important
If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) to perform trial
print, it can cause paper jams.
Note
We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Supported Media Types.
You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1.
Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
2. Load paper.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
68
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3.
Slide the paper guides to open them, and load the paper in the center of the rear tray WITH
THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Slide the paper guides (D) to align them with both sides of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
69
Important
Always load paper in the portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (F) can
cause paper jams.
Note
Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).
5. Close the feed slot cover (H) gently.
Important
If the feed slot cover is open, paper cannot be fed. Be sure to close the feed slot cover.
70
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on
the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and then
select Register.
7.
Open the operation panel (I), pull out the paper output tray (J) and paper output support (K),
and open the output tray extension (L).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not start
printing.
71
Note
When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation
panel or the computer.
There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings
(how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with
optimal image quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches
on the printed surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and
try printing again.
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for
the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings
in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is
displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is
displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
72
Loading Paper in the Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1.
Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
2.
Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
73
3.
Remove the cassette cover (B).
4.
To load A4 sized paper in the cassette, press down the lock (C) on the cassette, then
extend the cassette.
Important
Do not extend the cassette when loading other than A4 sized paper in the cassette.
5.
Slide the paper guide (D) in front and (E) on the right to open the guides.
74
6. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in the center of
the cassette.
Important
Always load paper in the portrait orientation (F). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (G)
can cause paper jams.
Note
Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below.
If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (H), the paper may not be fed properly.
75
7. Align the paper guide (I) in front with the paper stack.
Align the paper guide (I) with where it clicks into place.
8. Slide the paper guide (J) on the right to align with the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Note
Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (K).
Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (L) of the paper guides.
9.
Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.
Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.
After inserting the cassette into the printer, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is
displayed on the touch screen.
10. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size, then select
Register.
76
11.
Open the operation panel (M), pull out the paper output tray (N) and paper output support
(O), and open the output tray extension (P).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
Note
When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation
panel or the computer.
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for
the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings
in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is
displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is
displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
77
Loading Envelopes
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the rear tray.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is
not supported.
Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1.
Prepare envelopes.
Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite
direction.
If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 inches (3 mm).
2. Load envelopes.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
78
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3.
Slide the paper guides (D) to open them, and load the envelopes in the center of the rear tray
WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in the portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
4. Slide the paper guides (D) to align them with both sides of the envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
79
Note
Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).
5. Close the feed slot cover (F) gently.
Important
If the feed slot cover is open, paper cannot be fed. Be sure to close the feed slot cover.
80
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on
the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
7.
Open the operation panel (G), pull out the paper output tray (H) and paper output support (I),
and open the output tray extension (J).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not start
printing.
Note
After loading envelopes, select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of
the printer driver.
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for
the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings
in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is
displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is
displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
81
Loading Originals
Where to Load Originals
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
82
Where to Load Originals
The printer has two positions to load originals: platen glass and ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Select the position to load the original according to the size, type, or usage.
Note
For details on the supported originals, see below.
Supported Originals
Loading Documents, Photos, or Book on the platen glass
Loading Two or More Sheets of Document of the Same Size and Thickness
in the ADF
You can also load a sheet of document in the ADF.
Note
To scan the original at optimum quality, load it on the platen glass.
83
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass
1. Open the document cover.
2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass.
Loading Based on Use
Important
Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
3.
Close the document cover gently.
84
Important
After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover before starting to
copy or scan.
85
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
To scan a document at optimum quality, load it on the platen glass.
1. Make sure that any original has been removed from the platen glass.
2.
Open the document tray.
3.
Insert the document in the document tray until you hear a beep sound.
Load the document WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP in the document tray.
Note
For details on the supported originals, see below.
Supported Originals
When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Device user settings, the alarm will not
beep even if the document is inserted in the document tray.
Sound control
4.
Adjust the document guide (A) at the front of the printer to match the width of the document.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed properly.
86
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position on the platen glass according to the function to use. If you do not
load the original correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals Function How to Load
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Copying or Faxing
Loading the Original to Be
Aligned with the Alignment Mark
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
If you scan using the operation panel, se-
lect Auto scan for Doc.type in Scan.
Scanning by specifying a standard size
(A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel, se-
lect Document or Photo for Doc.type in
Scan and specify a standard size (A4,
Letter, etc.) for Scan size to scan origi-
nals.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
Scanning only one original
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto scan for Scan size
to scan originals.
Loading in the Center of the
Platen Glass
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto multi scan for Scan
size to scan two or more originals.
Loading Two or More Originals
Note
For details on how to scan from the computer and how to load originals, see below.
For Windows:
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
For Mac OS:
87
Scanning from Computer (AirPrint)
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the
alignment mark . Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 inches (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
Loading Only One Original in the Center of the platen glass
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 inches (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass. Portions placed on the diagonally striped
area cannot be scanned.
88
Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 inches (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass and the originals, and between the
originals. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
A: More than 0.40 inches (1 cm)
Note
The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 inches (180 mm) or more cannot
be corrected.
Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.
89
Supported Originals
platen glass
Item Details
Types of originals - Text document, magazine, or newspaper
- Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
- Documents that are not suitable for the ADF
Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm)
Quantity One or more sheets*
Thickness Max. 0.4 inch (10 mm)
* Two or more originals can be loaded on the platen glass depending on the selected function.
Loading Based on Use
In the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Item Details
Kind of original Plain-paper documents with multiple pages of the same size, thickness,
and weight
Size A4, Letter, Legal
Duplex copying or 2-on-1/4-on-1 copying: A4/Letter only
Quantity
- A4/Letter: Max. 20 sheets (20 lb. (75 g /m
2
) paper), up to 0.08 inch (2
mm) high
- Legal: Max. 5 sheets (20 lb. (75 g /m
2
) paper), up to 0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
high
Thickness 0.003 to 0.005 inch (0.07 to 0.13 mm)
Weight
16.0 to 25.3 lb. (60 to 95 g /m
2
)
Note
Make sure any liquids on documents, such as glue, ink, or correction fluid are dry before loading.
Do not load glued documents in the ADF, even if the glue is dry, because this may cause paper jams.
Remove all staples, paper clips, or other fasteners before feeding documents.
Load Legal-sized documents in the ADF.
Do not load these kinds of documents in the ADF, which may cause paper jams.
Wrinkled or creased documents
Curled documents
Torn documents
Documents with holes
Glued documents
Documents with sticky notes
Documents on carbon paper
90
Documents on coated paper
Documents on onion skin or other thin paper
Photos or excessively thick documents
91
Inserting the Memory Card
Before Inserting the Memory Card
Inserting the Memory Card
Removing the Memory Card
92
Before Inserting the Memory Card
The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the printer.
Important
If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your
PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, the image data may be unreadable on the printer or
damaged. For information on memory cards that your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device
guarantees operation, refer to the instruction manual supplied with your PictBridge (Wireless LAN)
compliant device.
Format the memory card using a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system
(Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). The memory card may not be
compatible with the printer if it is formatted on a computer.
Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter
SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card, SDXC memory card
Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter
Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting into the card
slot.
miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
Important
If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter, you may not be able to
remove the memory card.
Cannot Remove Memory Card
Printable Image Data
This printer accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File
system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). Other image or movie types
such as RAW images cannot be printed.
93
The printer accepts images scanned and saved with the printer when Doc.type is set to Photo and
Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg").
Note
This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
94
Inserting the Memory Card
Important
When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is
flashing, the printer is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card
slot.
Note
When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card, be sure to print them
from the computer. If you use the operation panel, the photos may not be printed properly.
1.
Prepare your memory card.
Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
2.
Insert the memory card into the card slot.
Insert your memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING UP into the card slot.
When the memory card is inserted properly, the Access lamp (A) will light up.
* Be sure to attach the card adapter to the following types of memory card before inserting to the card
slot.
miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
Important
Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further. This
can damage the printer or the memory card.
Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot. If you force
the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation, the memory card or the printer can be
damaged.
95
Removing the Memory Card
1. Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.
Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the printer.
Important
Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing. The Access lamp flashes
while the printer is reading or writing data from/to the memory card. If you remove the memory
card or turn off the power while the Access lamp is flashing, the data saved on the memory card
can be damaged.
96
Replacing Ink Tanks
Replacing Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Ink Tips
97
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of
the error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Take appropriate action according to the message.
An Error Occurs
Note
If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance
Procedure.
For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on.
2.
Open the scanning unit / cover.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
Caution
Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder
until it stops completely.
Important
Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
If the scanning unit / cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to
the right. In this case, close and reopen the scanning unit / cover.
3. Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
Push the tab (A) and lift the ink tank to remove.
98
Important
Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of
consumables.
Note
Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one
when replacing two or more ink tanks.
4.
Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape (B) completely, then
remove the protective film (C) completely.
Important
Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.
If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (D), ink may splash or the printer may not
print properly.
5. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (E) pointing up while being careful not to
block the Y-shape air hole (D).
99
6.
Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (E) to remove it off GENTLY.
Important
Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air
hole (D) blocked, ink may splash.
Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (E) or the open ink port (F). The ink may
stain your hands if you touch them.
Do not reattach the protective cap (E) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the
local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
7. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
100
8.
Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
Important
You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in
the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
9.
Close the scanning unit / cover.
Caution
When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.
101
Note
If the error message appears after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take appropriate action.
An Error Occurs
When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head
automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of
the print head.
If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms,
align the print head.
Notes on ink tanks
Important
If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.
Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-
white printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
102
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button to display it.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3.
Select Estimated ink levels.
A symbol appears in the area (A) if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
Example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
Selecting Ink number displays the Ink number screen for checking ink numbers. Selecting Order
ink now on this screen displays the QR code for accessing the ink purchasing site. Cost of
connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing.
You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For Mac OS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
103
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the
first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Why does the printer have two black ink tanks?
There are two kinds of black ink in the printer: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).
The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based
documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If
either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.
These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the
printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.
104
Maintenance
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows)
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Cleaning
105
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven
Maintenance Procedure
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Aligning the Print Head
106
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink
tank.
Note
Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.
Check the ink status.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
For Mac OS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
107
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
For Mac OS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
From the computer
For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
For Mac OS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
Note
When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position
For Mac OS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
108
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink
tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check
pattern is not be printed.
3.
Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
6. Select Print nozzle check pattern.
109
The confirmation screen will appear.
7.
Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch
screen.
8.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
110
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present
2.
Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
screen.
111
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or
in both patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
112
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check
pattern is not be printed.
3.
Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
6. Select Cleaning.
113
The confirmation screen will appear.
7.
Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8.
Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Note
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
114
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check
pattern is not be printed.
3.
Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
6. Select Deep cleaning.
115
The confirmation screen will appear.
7.
Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8.
Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
10.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
116
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including recycled paper)*
* Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides.
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the print head
alignment sheet is not be printed.
3. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
117
6. Select Auto head alignment.
The confirmation screen will appear.
7.
Confirm the message, then select Yes.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed.
Important
Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled,
it may not be scanned properly.
8. Confirm the message, then load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark
on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .
118
9.
Close the document cover gently, then select OK.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted
automatically.
Important
Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until
adjusting the print head position is complete.
If the error message appears on the touch screen, select OK to release the error, then take
appropriate action.
An Error Occurs
10.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Note
If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position
For Mac OS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the head alignment value
on the Maintenance screen.
119
Cleaning
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Cleaning Cassette Pads
120
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only
when necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3.
Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4.
Select Roller cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Select Rear tray or Cassette to clean the paper feed roller.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.
If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
8. Select OK.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
121
9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load
the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
10. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
11. Select OK.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
12.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact the service center.
122
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on.
2.
Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
3.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4.
Select Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5.
Select Bottom plate cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then select OK.
8. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the
paper.
9. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,
unfold the paper, then select OK.
123
10. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and
the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
11.
Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.
12. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
13. Select OK.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
14. When the completion message appears, select OK.
124
Note
When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
125
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Transporting Your Printer
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Using the Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
126
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU&EEA)
127
Safety Precautions
Choosing a location
Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
Do not install the printer in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close
to a heating source.
To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the printer under the operating environment specified in
the Specifications.
Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
Do not place the printer with its back attached to the wall.
Power Supply
Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the
power cord if necessary.
Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.
Do not use an extension lead/cord.
Working Around the Printer
Never put your hands or fingers in the printer while it is printing.
When moving the printer, carry the printer at both ends. In case the printer weighs more than 14 kg, it
is recommended to have two people lifting the printer. Accidental dropping of the printer may cause
injury. For the printer's weight, refer to the Specifications.
Do not place any object on the printer. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples,
etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the printer.
Do not transport or use the printer on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and
damage the printer.
When loading a thick book on the platen glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The platen
glass may break and cause injury.
Print Heads/Ink Tanks/FINE Cartridges
Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out
mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical
advice immediately.
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with
skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice
immediately.
Never touch the electrical contacts on a print head or FINE cartridges after printing.
The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.
Do not throw ink tanks and FINE cartridges into fire.
Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the print head, ink tanks, and FINE cartridges.
128
Regulatory Information
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
When using your telephone equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the
risk of fire, electric shock and injury to persons, including the following:
1. Do not use this product near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry
tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.
2. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from
lightning.
3. Do not use this product to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.
"CAUTION - To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord."
IMPORTANTES MESURES DE SÉCURITÉ
CONSERVER CES INSTRUCTIONS
Certaines mesures de sécurité doivent être prises pendant l'utilisation de matérial téléphonique afin de
réduire les risques d'incendie, de choc électrique et de blessures.
En voice quelquesunes :
1. Ne pas utiliser l'appareil près de l'eau, p.ex., près d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un évier de cuisine,
d'un bac à laver, dans un sous-sol humide ou près d'une piscine.
2. Éviter d'utiliser l'appareil pendant un orage électrique. Ceci peut présenter un risque de choc
électrique causé par la foudre.
3. Ne pas utiliser l'appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz s'il est situé près de la fuite.
"ATTENTION - Pour réduire les risques d'incendie, utiliser uniquement des conducteurs de
télécommunications 26 AWG au de section supérleure."
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10459 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365, FCC Approved Bluetooth
K30375)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
129
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
FCC ID:AZDK30365, AZDK30375
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
About Radio Waves
Do not use this product near medical equipment or electronic equipment. Radio wave interference can
affect the operation or performance of the equipment.
Pre-Installation Requirements
Order Information
When ordering service from the telephone company for this equipment, the following may be required.
Universal Service Order Code (USOC): RJ11C
The Facility Interface Code (FIC): 02LS2
Service Order Code (SOC): 9.0F
Connection of the Equipment
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA.
A label on this equipment contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.
The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line.
130
Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call.
In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of
devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone
company. The REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a
REN of 0.3).
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must
comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant
telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a
compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.
Connection to party lines is subjected to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public
service commission or corporation commission for information.
If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the installation
of this equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable
alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.
In Case of Equipment Malfunction
Should any malfunction occur which cannot be corrected by the procedures described in the Online
Manual, disconnect the equipment from the telephone line cable, turn off the power and disconnect the
power cord. The telephone line cable should not be reconnected or the main power switch turned ON until
the problem is completely resolved. Users should contact their local authorized Canon Facsimile Service
Dealer for the servicing of equipment.
Information regarding Authorized Service Facility locations can be obtained by calling the Canon
Customer Center.
Rights of the Telephone Company
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may temporarily
disconnect service. The telephone company also retains the right to make changes in facilities and
services that may affect the operation of this equipment. When such changes are necessary, the
telephone company is required to give adequate prior notice to the user. However, if advance notice is not
possible, the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, the customer will be
advised of his/her right to file a compliant with the FCC if he/she believes it is necessary.
Warning
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or
other electronic device to send any message via a telephone FAX machine unless such message clearly
contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity, or individual.
In order to program this information into your FAX machine, you should complete the procedure to register
your name, unit's telephone number, time, and date. Refer to the Online Manual.
131
Users in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including
interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and
meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and
operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities:
hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
Pre-Installation Requirements
Notice
This product meets the applicable Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada technical
specifications.
The Ringer Equivalence Number is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of
devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five.
Pour les usagers résidant au Canada
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts
de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :
(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage
radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un
environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF)
CNR-102 de l'IC. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus
entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps (à l'exception des extrémités : mains, poignets, pieds et chevilles).
Conditions de pré-installation
Avis
Le présent produit est conforme aux spécifications techniques applicables d'Innovation, Sciences et
Développement économique Canada.
L'indice d'équivalence de la sonnerie (IES) sert à indiquer le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent
être raccordés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d'une interface peut consister en une
combinaison quelconque de dispositifs, à la seule condition que la somme d'indices d'équivalence de la
sonnerie de tous les dispositifs n'excède pas 5.
Users in New Zealand
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Spark has accepted that
the item complies with the minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement
132
of the product by Spark, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that
any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different
make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Spark's network services.
This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for
which it is designed. Spark will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances.
This condition typically applies to 56 kbit/s modems and V34 facsimile machines.
Please note when you connect an extension phone to this device, if you use an extension phone which
has features such as "last number redial", redial memory numbers may be lost.
Telepermitted equipment only may be connected to the telephone port. The telephone port is not
specifically designed for 3-wire-connected equipment. 3-wire-connected equipment might not respond to
incoming ringing when attached to this port.
The automatic calling functions of this equipment must not be used to cause a nuisance to other Spark
customers.
Environmental Information
Reducing your environmental impact
Power Consumption and Operational Modes
The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is
designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce the power consumption. After the last print it switches
to Ready Mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a
time, the device switches to its Sleep Mode. The devices consume less power (Watt) in these modes.
Energy Star
®
The Energy Star
®
programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of
energy efficient models, which help to minimise environmental impact.
Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star
®
programme for both environmental
benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star
®
logo accordingly.
Paper types
This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper (certified to an environmental
stewardship scheme), which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. In addition it can
support printing on media down to a weight of 64g/m
2
, lighter paper means less resources used and a
lower environmental footprint for your printing needs.
133
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time,
your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please
contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal
service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies kann z.
B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer autorisierten
Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen. Der
unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit
Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die
menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie
außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen für
Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément à la
directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en
134
place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen, IJsland en
Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en de
nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet worden
ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten op
het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen in
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit product
mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u uw
afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw
woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie over het
inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
135
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord amb la
Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts
de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte similar o
lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics
(AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu en l’entorn i
en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment estan
associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest producte
contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts on podeu
lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal, a les
autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de recollida de
deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el reciclatge de
productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla Direttiva
RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso un centro di
raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro uno", ovvero del
ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o un impianto
autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione impropria di
questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana causato dalle
sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed
elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace delle risorse
naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto
Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti di
Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e Liechtenstein)
136
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo ou
num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos (EEE).
O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente e na
saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation jf.
direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks. i
overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller
produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering af denne
type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund af de
potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr. Når du
foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik på
genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο
παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά τη
σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας για
137
ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων, το
εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold til
WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det
vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering av
denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte
brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved å
kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein) alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Tuote
on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta
ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä saat
kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning inte
får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför avsedd
insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
138
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen do
sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný
podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických a
elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a termék nem
kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell leadni, például
hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai berendezésekből
származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok a nem
megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak lehetnek a környezetre
és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék megfelelő kezelésével
hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A berendezésekből származó,
újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért forduljon a helyi
önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző vállalathoz,
illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek visszajuttatásáról és
újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
139
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt do
recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu
s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny
za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z
elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu môže mať
negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické zariadenia
obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
140
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete
tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā ar
sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba į
elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai ir
žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad jos
būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
141
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo ne
smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na primer
pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo. S
pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la un
punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
142
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru
za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru
za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom
vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled
potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na
ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
143
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Transporting Your Printer
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer
Keeping Print Quality High
144
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
Paper money
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Identification badges or insignia
Selective service or draft papers
Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
Traveler's checks
Food stamps
Passports
Immigration papers
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
145
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer, make sure of the following.
Important
Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1.
Turn the printer off.
2.
Confirm that the ON lamp is off and unplugging the power cord.
Important
Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3.
Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
4. Close the operation panel, the paper support, the rear tray cover, and the document tray.
5. If the cassette is extended, contract it.
6. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
cord from the printer.
7. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
8. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
146
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
Select Setup on the HOME screen and select Settings > Device settings > Reset settings >
Reset all > OK > Yes.
For printers with fax capabilities, user information and speed dial numbers can be backed up to a computer
by utilizing the Speed Dial Utility2 software before resetting the printer or deleting data. Backed up data can
be restored to the repaired printer or another Canon printer.
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
147
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint-
stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When Unplugging the Printer, make sure that the ON lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
148
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Using the Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
149
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
Operation Panel
150
Front View
(1) operation panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
Operation Panel
(2) ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Load a document here. The documents loaded in the document tray are scanned automatically one
sheet at a time.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
(3) document feeder cover
Open when clearing jammed documents.
(4) document guide
Adjust this guide to match the width of document in the ADF.
(5) paper support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
(6) rear tray cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
(7) feed slot cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
151
(8) rear tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes
(9) paper guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
(10) document tray
Open to load a document in the ADF. You can load two or more sheets of document of the same size
and thickness. Load the document with the side you want to scan facing up.
(11) document output slot
Documents scanned from the ADF are delivered here.
(12) document cover
Open to load an original on the platen glass.
(13) cassette
Load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
(14) paper guides
Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.
(15) cassette cover
Detach to load paper in the cassette.
(16) paper output tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
(17) paper output support
Extend to support ejected paper.
(18) output tray extension
Open to support ejected paper.
(19) card slot
Insert a memory card.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
152
(20) Access lamp
Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status.
Inserting the Memory Card
(21) platen glass
Load an original here.
153
Rear View
(1) rear cover
Detach when removing jammed paper.
(2) transport unit cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
(3) power cord connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
(4) telephone line jack
Connect the telephone line.
(5) USB port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
(6) wired LAN connector
Plug in the LAN cable to connect the printer to a LAN.
(7) external device jack
Connect an external device such as telephone or answering device.
Important
Do not touch the metal casing.
Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning originals with the
computer.
154
Inside View
(1) scanning unit / cover
Scans originals. Also, lift and open it to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the
printer.
(2) print head holder
The print head is pre-installed.
Note
For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink Tanks.
155
Operation Panel
(1) ON button/ON lamp
Turns the power on or off. Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Before turning on the
power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
(2) touch screen
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status. Directly touch the screen lightly with your
finger tip to select a menu item or displayed button. You can also preview photos on a memory card
before printing.
Basic Operation of the touch screen
(3) FAX Memory lamp
When lit, indicates that there are received or unsent documents in the printer's memory.
156
Power Supply
Confirming that the Power Is On
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplugging the Printer
157
Confirming that the Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the touch screen is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
The touch screen display will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the
display, press any button except the ON button or touch the touch screen. The print operation from a
computer can also restore the display.
158
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Note
It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
If an error message is displayed on the touch screen, see An Error Occurs.
You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed
from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by
default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For Mac OS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
159
Important
When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the ON
lamp is off.
Note
You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print
jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For Mac OS:
Managing the Printer Power
160
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
The power plug/power cord is hot.
The power plug/power cord is rusty.
The power plug/power cord is bent.
The power plug/power cord is worn.
The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, Unplugging the Printer
and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an
electric shock.
161
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print
head and print quality may be reduced.
If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
printer's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power cord.
1.
Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
2.
Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
3. Unplug the power cord.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
162
Using the Operation Panel
The operation panel consists of the ON button (A) and touch screen (B).
Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and
other functions.
Operations on the Home Screen
A: ON button
B: touch screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Buttons on the touch screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or
settings.
Important
When operating the touch screen, make sure to avoid the followings, which may cause the printer to
malfunction or damage the printer.
Strongly pressing the touch screen.
Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as on
ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails).
Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.
Placing any objects on the touch screen.
Do not attach a protective sheet on the touch screen. Removing it may damage the touch screen.
Tap
Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release.
Use to select an item or photo on the screen.
163
Touch
Touch lightly with your finger tip.
To move forward (or go back) menus or photos continuously, keep touching the forward (or back) mark.
Flick
Flick your finger on the screen up, down, left, or right.
Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos.
Drag
While lightly touching the screen, move your finger up, down, left, or right.
Use to view lists of items or move sliders.
164
Operations on the Home Screen
Display the menu screen or the settings screen from the Home screen.
C. Basic menu
Select to copy or scan using the operation panel. After selecting a basic menu, the particular menus
are displayed.
D. Network status
Displays the current network status. Select to display the basic network information or to change the
network settings.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
Wireless LAN is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Note
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over a wireless LAN without any
problems.
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommends placing the printer near the wireless router.
165
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wireless LAN is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Wired LAN is enabled.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Wireless LAN and Wired LAN are disabled.
E. Cloud
Displays the cloud's Main screen. You can use the services of PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link.
F. Setup
Displays the printer's setting menus or the maintenance menus.
G. Quick guide
Displays the guides how to loading paper or how to replace the ink tank, or the troubleshooting.
Buttons on the touch screen
While operating on the touch screen, some buttons are displayed on the touch screen.
H. HOME button
Displays the HOME screen.
I. Black button
Starts black & white copying, scanning, etc.
J. Color button
Starts color copying, scanning, etc.
K. Back button
166
Returns the touch screen to the previous screen.
L. Stop button
Cancels operation when print, copy, or scan job is in progress.
167
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
When entering user or recipient names or other information, you can enter or edit characters by selecting
them on the screen.
Switching the Input Mode
The printer has one input mode for letters and another for numbers and symbols. To switch modes, tap
(A) in the lower left.
To switch between lower and uppercase in the alphabetic mode and between different types of characters
in the number/symbol mode, tap (B).
Note
The screen only shows numbers and symbols that are available for the type of information you are
entering, such as numbers for telephone or fax number input.
168
Entering or Editing Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Enter information as follows.
To move the insertion point (cursor position) in the input field (C)
Tap or (D).
To delete an entered character
Move the cursor to the character to delete, and then tap (E).
Touch to keep deleting characters.
To insert a space
Tap (F).
After you are finished entering information, tap OK (G).
Entering Letters With Accents or Diacritics
Tap the same key repeatedly until the desired character is displayed in the input field (C).
Key Lowercase Uppercase
a / A a å ä á à ã â æ A Å Ä Á À Ã Â Æ
c / C c ç C Ç
e / E e ë é è ê E Ë É È Ê
i / I i ï í ì î I Ï Í Ì Î
n / N n ñ N Ñ
o / O o ø ö ó ò õ ô O Ø Ö Ó Ò Õ Ô
p / P p þ P Þ
u / U u ü ú ù û U Ü Ú Ù Û
y / Y y ý Y Ý
169
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
170
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing the Print Options
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Setting the Ink Tank to be Used
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
171
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off, the paper source during printing differs from the
driver settings, or printing fails.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box opens.
Note
When you use the XPS printer driver, the functions available to you are different.
3. Change the individual settings
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
172
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
173
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Set the necessary items
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if
necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3.
Click Save...
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4. Save the settings
Enter a name in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the items, and then click OK.
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
174
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1.
Select the printing profile to be deleted
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
2.
Delete the printing profile
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
175
Setting the Ink Tank to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate ink tank among installed ink tanks according to an
intended use.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box appears.
3.
Select the ink tank to be used from Print With
Select the ink tank to be used for printing and click OK.
When you perform printing, the specified ink tank will be used.
Important
When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the printer
uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is
selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is
detached.
176
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2.
Execute power off
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Important
You cannot receive faxes when the printer is switched off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1.
Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2.
Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power
The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Auto Power On
Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
177
4. Apply the settings
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Printer is offline" is displayed.
Important
In the following cases, you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not be turned off automatically.
When you use the printer by connecting it to a network
When you use the printer by connecting it to a telephone line via a modular cable
178
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Custom Settings
1.
Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2.
Make sure that the printer is on, and then click Custom Settings
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density
printing to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is set to
automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform
the automatic head alignment.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the
Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print
data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Don't detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
179
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the
slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page
dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
180
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
FAX settings
Print settings
LAN settings
Device user settings
PictBridge print settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Feed settings
Reset setting
Web service setup
System information
ECO settings
Quiet setting
181
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Extended copy amount as an example.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select Device settings.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
5.
Select a setting item to adjust.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
6.
Select a setting item.
7. Select a setting to specify.
182
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
183
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
FAX settings
Device user settings
Web service setup
Language selection
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Feed settings
PictBridge print settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
System information
Firmware update
LAN settings
Reset setting
184
FAX settings
FAX user settings
Advanced FAX settings
Auto print settings
Auto save setting
Security control
Easy setup
Note
Before changing the settings, you can confirm the current settings by printing USER'S DATA LIST.
Summary of Reports and Lists
FAX user settings
User information settings
Registers your name and fax/telephone number printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
Telephone line type (Country or region of purchase other than China)
Selects the telephone line type setting for the printer.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Note
This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
Telephone line auto selection (China only)
If you select ON, the telephone line type is selected automatically.
If you select OFF, you can select the telephone line type manually.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Advanced FAX settings
Error reduction setting (VoIP)
If you select Reduce, it may be possible to reduce the incidence of communication errors when
connecting to internet line such as IP phone.
Note
When Reduce is selected, V.34 (Super G3) can not be used. Communication time generally
becomes longer than when communicating with V.34 (super G3).
This setting has priority even if you select 33600 bps for TX start speed or RX start speed.
Auto redial
Enables/disables automatic redialing.
185
If you select ON, you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the
printer waits between redial attempts.
Dial tone detect
Avoids mistransmission when reception and transmission occur at the same time.
If you select ON, the printer transmits the fax after confirming the dial tone.
Note
This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
Pause time settings
Sets the length of pause time for each when you enter "P" (pause).
TTI position
Selects the position of the sender information (outside or inside the image area).
Remote RX
Enables/disables remote reception.
If you select ON, you can specify the remote reception ID.
Remote Reception
Color transmission
When faxing color documents using the ADF, selects whether to convert them into black & white data
if the recipient's fax device does not support color faxing.
If you select Disconnect, the printer does not send color documents when the recipient's fax device
does not support color faxing.
RX image reduction
Enables/disables automatic reduction of incoming faxes so that they fit in the selected paper.
If you select ON, you can select the image reduction direction.
Adv. communication settings
ECM TX
Selects whether to send faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
ECM RX
Selects whether to receive faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
TX start speed
Selects the fax transmission speed.
The fax transmission start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
186
When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower transmission start
speed may solve transmission problems.
RX start speed
Selects the fax reception speed.
The fax reception start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower reception start speed
may solve reception problems.
Auto print settings
Received documents
Selects whether to print the received fax automatically when receiving a fax.
If you select Do not print, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory.
For details on the received fax stored in the printer's memory:
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Activity report
Selects whether to print ACTIVITY REPORT automatically.
If you select Print, the printer prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received
faxes automatically.
For details on the procedure to print ACTIVITY REPORT manually:
Summary of Reports and Lists
TX report
Selects whether to print TX REPORT/ERROR TX REPORT automatically after sending a fax.
If you print the report, select Print error only or Print for each TX.
If you select Print error only or Print for each TX, you can specify the print setting that the first page
of the fax is printed along with the report.
RX report
Selects whether to print RX REPORT automatically after receiving a fax.
If you print RX REPORT, select Print error only or Print for each RX.
Print when out of ink
Sets whether to continue printing the received fax without storing it in the printer's memory when the
ink has run out.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Auto save setting
Selects whether to save the received fax on the memory card automatically after receiving a fax.
Saving Received Faxes Automatically on Memory Card
187
Security control
FAX number re-entry
If you select ON, you can set the printer to send faxes after entering the number twice. By using this
setting, you can avoid the mistransmission of faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
Check RX FAX information
If you select ON, the printer checks whether the recipient's fax device information matches the dialed
number. If it matches the number, the printer starts to send faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
Hook key setting
If you select Enable, you can use the on hook dial function.
FAX reception reject
If you select ON, the printer rejects the reception of faxes with no sender information or faxes from
specific senders.
Rejecting Fax Reception
Caller rejection
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service, the printer detects the sender's Caller ID. If the sender's ID
matches the condition specified in this setting, the printer rejects the phone call or fax reception from
the sender.
If you select Yes on the subscribing confirmation screen, you can specify the settings of rejection.
Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls
Note
This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase. Contact your
telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service.
Easy setup
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function. Follow the
procedure according to the instructions on the touch screen.
Note
You can specify the setup setting individually or the advanced setting.
For details on how to specify the setting:
Preparing for Faxing
188
Print settings
Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower
print quality.
Extended copy amount
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You
can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed.
Important
This setting can be applied under the following conditions:
- Performing borderless copying
- Borderless is selected for Border when copying printed photos
Note
If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended
amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
Auto photo fix setting
When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the
image files in the following cases.
Auto photo fix is selected for Photo fix when printing from a memory card.
The print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is set to Default* or On when
printing with a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device,
select Auto photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge print settings.
Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.01 inch/0.1 mm between -0.12 inch/-3 mm and
+0.12 inch/+3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
Important
For Letter-sized or Legal-sized paper, you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 inch/-1.5
mm and +0.06 inch/+1.5 mm even if you specify the value over 0.06 inch/1.5 mm.
189
LAN settings
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wired LAN
Common settings
Wireless LAN
WLAN active/inactive
Enables/disables wireless LAN.
Wireless LAN setup
Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection.
Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the
printer.
WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
Other setup
Advanced setup
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually. You can specify multiple WEP
keys.
WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
WLAN setting list
The list of wireless LAN settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.
Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.
Printing Network Settings
Important
The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with
care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
190
Items Setting
SSID XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Wireless LAN security Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/
WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES)
Signal strength (%) XXX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address of wireless LAN XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
Wireless Direct
Wireless Direct active/inactive
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
Change SSID/device name
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
Connection request confirmation
Selecting Yes displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
the printer.
191
Wireless Direct setting list
The list of Wireless Direct settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.
Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.
Printing Network Settings
Important
The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with
care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Items Setting
SSID DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series
Password XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)
Wireless LAN security WPA2-PSK(AES)
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address of wireless LAN XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
Wireless Direct device name DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series
No. of devices connected now XX/XX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
192
Wired LAN
Wired LAN active/inactive
Enables/disables wired LAN.
LAN setting list
The list of wired LAN settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.
Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.
Printing Network Settings
Important
The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with
care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Items Setting
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address of wired LAN XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
Common settings
Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
193
You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
WSD setting
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8.1, Windows
8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista).
Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista.
Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
WSD scan from this device
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD. To transfer
the scanned data, press the Color button.
Note
When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select
the document type.
Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
Bonjour settings
Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS.
Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
LPR protocol setting
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
LLMNR
194
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Active allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
PictBridge communication
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
Enable/disable communication
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
Wired LAN DRX setting
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when the printer is connected to a
device compatible with wired LAN.
IPsec settings
Selecting Active allows you to specify the IPsec security.
195
Device user settings
Date/time setting
Sets the current date and time.
For more on the procedure:
Setting Sender Information
Date display format
Changes the display format of dates when printed.
Note
When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the
date is printed in the date display format you selected.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
Daylight saving time setting
Enables/disables the summer time setting. If you select ON, you can select additional sub-settings. This
setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
Start date/time
Sets the date and time that summer time starts.
Month: Specify the month.
Week: Specify the week.
DOW: Specify the day of the week.
The screen to set the shift time to start summer time will be displayed after specifying the items
above and selecting OK.
After specifying the shift time and selecting OK, you can specify the end date/time.
End date/time
Sets the date and time that summer time ends.
Month: Specify the month.
Week: Specify the week.
DOW: Specify the day of the week.
The screen to set the shift time to end summer time will be displayed after specifying the items
above and selecting OK.
Specify the shift time and select OK.
Sound control
Selects the volume.
Keypad volume
Selects the beep volume when tapping the touch screen.
Alarm volume
196
Selects the alarm volume.
Line monitor volume
Selects the line monitor volume.
Offhook alarm
Selects the alarm volume when the phone receiver is not put on the hook properly.
Country or region
Selects the country or region where you are using the printer.
Note
This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
Device info sending settings
Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server. The information sent to
Canon will be utilized to develop better products. Select Agree to send the printer usage information to
Canon server.
Energy saving settings
Allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
Auto power off
Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
Auto power on
Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
Note
You can also enter this setting menu by selecting ECO settings and Energy saving settings on
the HOME screen.
ECO settings
Document removal reminder
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen glass after scanning.
Important
Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the
original may not be detected.
Bluetooth settings
Setting items for connecting with Bluetooth compatible device.
Enable/disable Bluetooth
Enables/disables the Bluetooth function of the printer.
197
List/delete paired devices
Displays the list of paired Bluetooth compatible devices. To delete the paired Bluetooth compatible
device, select a Bluetooth compatible device from the list.
Check/change PIN code
Allows you to check the PIN code and change it.
Important
When you change the PIN code, pairing with all Bluetooth compatible devices is canceled.
Set Bluetooth device name
Specifies the printer name for Bluetooth connection.
Note
If the printer cannot be paired to the Bluetooth compatible device after you changed some settings
in Bluetooth settings see below.
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
198
Language selection
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.
199
Firmware update
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Note
Only Check current version is available when Inactive is selected for WLAN active/inactive of
Wireless LAN in LAN settings.
Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the on-
screen instructions to perform update.
Important
When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.
Note
If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.
Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the touch screen, select OK and try again
after a while.
Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
Update notification setting
When Yes is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the touch screen.
DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
200
Feed settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
Register paper information
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray and in the cassette.
Note
Plain paper can only be loaded in the cassette.
For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver
(Windows) or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Detect paper setting mismatch
If you select Yes, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those
registered in Register paper information. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error
message is displayed on the touch screen.
Note
When No is selected, Register paper information is disabled.
Check paper replacement
If you select Yes, the printer detects the paper replacement (the feed slot cover is opened or closed, the
cassette is reinserted). When the paper registration screen is displayed after replacing paper, register
the paper size and the media type.
201
Reset setting
You can set the settings back to the default.
Web service setup only
Deletes IJ Cloud Printing Center and Google Cloud Print registrations.
LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings other than the administrator password back to the default.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
Telephone number only
Deletes all registered telephone/fax numbers.
Settings only
Returns the settings such as the paper size, media type, or other setting items back to the default. The
LAN settings and the telephone/fax number are not returned back to the default.
Device info sending settings only
Applies the setting not to send the device information to Canon.
FAX settings only
Returns all fax settings back to the default. Disconnect the telephone line from the printer before you
return this setting item back to the default.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified for
the printer is set to the default setting.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
Note
You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
The language displayed on the touch screen
The current position of the print head
The country or region selected for Country or region
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
You can delete the registered user's name or telephone number following the procedure below.
1. Display User information settings screen.
Setting Sender Information
2. Select user's name or telephone number and delete all characters or numbers.
3. Select OK when you finished deleting all characters or numbers.
202
Web service setup
Select this setting item from Web service setup on Settings.
Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
Google Cloud Print setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print.
IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing
Center.
DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
203
System information
To display this menu, select System information on Setup.
Current version
Displays the current firmware version.
Printer name
Displays the printer name currently specified.
Serial number
Displays the printer serial number.
MAC address of wireless LAN
Displays the MAC address for wireless LAN.
MAC address of wired LAN
Displays the MAC address for wired LAN.
204
ECO settings
This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the
printer automatically to save electricity.
Using Duplex Printing
Using Power Saving Function
Using Duplex Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
1.
Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select ECO.
5.
Select Two-sided printing setting.
6.
Specify settings as necessary.
A.
Select two-sided copying as a default.
B.
Select two-sided printing of PDF files saved on a memory card as a default.
C.
Select two-sided printing of sent/received faxes, reports, or lists as a default.
D.
Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
205
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select ECO.
5.
Select Energy saving settings.
6.
Check on-screen instructions and select Next.
7.
Specify settings as necessary.
A. Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
B. Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
206
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select Quiet setting.
5.
Select Use quiet mode or Use during specified hours.
When Use quiet mode is selected:
The confirmation screen is displayed and the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.
When Use during specified hours is selected:
The Quiet mode hours screen is displayed.
A.
Displays the screen below.
207
1. Select numbers to specify starting time.
You can specify the hour from 0 to 24.
2.
Confirms starting time.
After specifying the starting time, specify the ending time following the same procedure.
B.
Confirms the time to start and to end.
The confirmation screen is displayed and the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.
You can reduce the operating noise during the specified time.
Important
Operating speed is reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected.
This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how
you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of
the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
For Windows, you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear (scanner driver).
208
Specifications
General Specifications
Printing resolution (dpi) 4800* (horizontal) x 1200 (vertical)
* Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/4800 inch at minimum.
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *1
LAN Port:
Wired LAN: 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2
Card Slot:
Yes
*1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since
the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can
be used at USB 1.1.
*2 Setup possible through Standard setup, WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), WCN
(Windows Connect Now) or Easy wireless connect.
USB and LAN can be used at the same time.
Wireless LAN and wired LAN cannot be used at the same time.
Print width 8 inches/203.2 mm
(for Borderless Printing: 8.5 inches/216 mm)
Printable area Borderless printing: Top/Bottom/Left/Right margin: 0.0 inch (0.0 mm)
Standard printing:
-Top margin:
Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
Other sizes: 0.12 inches (3.0 mm)
-Bottom margin:
Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
Other sizes: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)
-Left margin:
Letter/Legal: 0.26 inches (6.4 mm)
Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
-Right margin:
Letter/Legal: 0.25 inches (6.3 mm)
Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
* For printable area of envelope, see below.
Envelopes
209
Auto duplex printing:
-Top margin: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)
-Bottom margin: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)
-Left margin:
Letter: 0.26 inches (6.4 mm)
Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
-Right margin:
Letter: 0.25 inches (6.3 mm)
Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing (Copy): Approx. 15 W
Standby (minimum): Approx. 1.3 W *1*2
OFF: Approx. 0.3 W *1
*1 USB connection to PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions Approx. 17.3 (W) x 13.8 (D) x 7.5 (H) inches
Approx. 438 (W) x 351 (D) x 190 (H) mm
* With the Paper Support and Paper Output Tray retracted.
Weight Approx. 17.5 lb (Approx. 8.0 kg)
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
Print Head/Ink Total 4096 nozzles (PgBK 1024 nozzles, Y/DyeBK each 512 nozzles, C/M
each 1024 nozzles)
Copy Specifications
Multiple copy max. 99 pages
Intensity adjustment 9 positions, Auto intensity (AE copy)
210
Reduction / Enlargement 25 % - 400 % (1 % unit)
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5" x 11.7"/216 x 297 mm
Scanning resolution Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 1200 x 2400 dpi *1
Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2
*1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
*2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning
area.
Gradation (Input / Output) Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: 48 bit/24 bit (RGB each 16 bit/8 bit)
Fax Specifications
Applicable line Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
IP phone line (IP phone line with quality of no problem at all by using in conver-
sation)
Communication mode Super G3, G3
Data compressing system Black: MH, MR, MMR
Color: JPEG
Modem speed max. 33.6 kbps
(Automatic fallback)
Transmission speed Black: Approx. 3 seconds/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Color: Approx. 1 minute/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on Canon COLOR FAX TEST SHEET.)
Gradation Black: 256 levels
Color: 24 bit Full Color (RGB each 8 bit)
Density adjustment 3 levels
Memory Transmission/reception: approx. 250 pages
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Fax resolution Black Standard: 203 pels/inch x 98 lines/inch (8 pels/mm x 3.85 lines/mm)
Black Fine, Photo: 203 pels/inch x 196 lines/inch (8 pels/mm x 7.70 lines/mm)
211
Black Extra fine: 300 x 300 dpi
Color: 200 x 200 dpi
Dialing Automatic dialing
- Recipient (max. 100 destinations)
- Group dial (max. 99 destinations)
Regular dialing
Automatic redialing
Manual redialing (max. 10 destinations)
Others Activity report (after every 20 transactions)
Sequential broadcasting (max. 101 destinations)
Rejected numbers (max. 10 destinations)
Error reduction setting (VoIP) *
* For details, see "Error reduction setting (VoIP)" in "Advanced FAX settings".
Network Specifications
Communication protocol TCP/IP
Wired LAN Supported Standards: IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX) / IEEE802.3 (10BASE-T)
Transfer speed: 10 M/100 Mbps (auto switching)
Wireless LAN Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
WCN (WCN-NET)
Easy wireless connect
Other Features: Administration password
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
212
Windows
Operating System Windows 10, Windows 8.1
Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
.NET Framework 4.5.2 or 4.6 is required.
Hard Disk Space 3 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Display XGA 1024 x 768
Mac OS
Operating System OS X v10.10.5 - OS X v10.11, macOS Sierra v10.12
Hard Disk Space 1.5 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Display XGA 1024 x 768
Other Supported OS
iOS, Android, Windows 10 Mobile
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
Google Cloud Print
PIXMA Cloud Link
Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.
Internet connection is required to use Easy-WebPrint EX and all the user's guide.
Easy-WebPrint EX: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10 and 11* (for Windows) is required.
Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the
Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.
In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be open. Contact the network
administrator for details.
Information in this guide is subject to change without notice.
213
Information about Paper
Supported Media Types
Paper Load Limit
Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
Print Area
214
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
For details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Paper for printing photos:
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-301>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
Envelopes*1
T-Shirt Transfers*1
Greeting Card*1
*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device
is not supported.
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, you must specify the
page size and media type.
Printing from Digital Camera
215
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
Letter
Legal
A4
B5
A5
L(89x127mm)
KG/4"x6"(10x15)
2L/5"x7"(13x18)
Square 5"x5" 127x127mm
Hagaki
Hagaki 2
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm
8"x10"(20x25cm)
Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL
Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4
Yougata 4
Yougata 6
Special sizes
Special page sizes must be within the following limits:
rear tray
- Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.51 inches (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
- Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 inches (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
cassette
- Minimum size: 5.83 x 8.27 inches (148.0 x 210.0 mm)
- Maximum size: 8.50 x 11.69 inches (215.9 x 297.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m
2
) (plain paper other than genuine Canon paper)
216
Paper Load Limit
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray Cassette
Paper Output
Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 100 sheets Approx. 100 sheets Approx. 50
sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Approx. 80 sheets Approx. 80 sheets Approx. 50
sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1 Approx. 80 sheets N/A Approx. 50
sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Pa-
per
Out-
put
Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2 A4, Letter, and 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm): 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
*3
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>*2 A4, Letter: 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
*3
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2 A4, Letter: 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
*3
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>*2 A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x
25 cm): 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), Square 5" x 5" (127 x 127
mm): 20 sheets
*3
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-301>*2 A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x
25 cm): 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), Square 5" x 5" (127 x 127
mm): 20 sheets
*3
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2 A4, Letter: 10 sheets *3
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2 A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x
25 cm): 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
*3
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> A4, Letter: 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
*3
217
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Rear Tray Cassette
Paper Output
Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 100 sheets (10
sheets: Legal)
Approx. 100 sheets Approx. 50
sheets (10
sheets: Legal)
Envelopes 10 envelopes N/A *3
T-Shirt Transfers 1 sheet : A4 N/A *3
Greeting Card 1 sheet : Letter N/A *3
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
*3 For best results in continuous printing, remove printed paper or envelopes from the paper output tray to
avoid smearing or discoloration.
218
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
Damp paper
Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m
2
))
Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m
2
), except for Canon genuine
paper)
Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
Picture postcards
Postcards
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
Any type of paper with holes
Paper that is not rectangular
Paper bound with staples or glue
Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
219
Handling Paper
Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
220
Printing
Printing from Computer
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing from Digital Camera
Paper Settings
221
Printing from Computer
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Printing from Application Software (AirPrint)
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Printing Using a Web Service
222
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Basic Printing Setup Basic
Various Printing Methods
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Overview of the Printer Driver
Printer Driver Description
Updating the MP Drivers
223
Basic Printing Setup
This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.
Basic Printing Setup
1. Check that printer power is on
2.
Load paper in printer
3.
Open printer driver's setup screen
4.
Select frequently used settings
On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings.
When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper
Size automatically switch to the predefined values.
5.
Select print quality
For Print Quality, select from High, Standard, or Draft.
224
Important
The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.
6.
Select paper source
For Paper Source, select Automatically Select, Rear Tray, or Cassette, whichever matches your
purpose.
Important
The paper source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and
size.
225
7. Click OK
The printer will now print using these settings.
Important
When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.
To register the current settings as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.
Note
If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, display the
Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information..., and specify the settings in the dialog box that
appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver
1. Open printer driver setup window
2. On Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information...
The Printer Media Information dialog box appears.
3. Select Paper Source
226
From Paper Source, check the setting or select a new paper source.
The current printer settings appear in Media Type and Page Size.
4.
Apply settings
To apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Set.
Note
If the Type on the printer is set to Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki, or if the Page size on the
printer is set to 2L/5"x7"(13x18), click Set to display the dialog box.
Select the media type and paper size that match your purpose, and then click OK.
If the Type and the Page size on the printer are not set or are set to Others, Set will be grayed
out and cannot be clicked.
If communication with the printer is disabled, the Printer Media Information... dialog box will
not appear or the printer driver will not be able to obtain printer media information.
227
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
You can use the following media types on this printer.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer
driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered
on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-301> Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101> Photo Paper Pro Platinum Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Plus Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Canon genuine papers (Business Letter Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on the
printer
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High-Res Paper
Commercially available papers
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on the
printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Envelopes Envelope Envelope
T-Shirt Transfers T-Shirt Transfers Others
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card Others
228
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal
A5 A5
A4 A4
B5 B5
4"x6" 10x15cm KG/4"x6"(10x15)
5"x7" 13x18cm 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
8"x10" 20x25cm 8"x10"(20x25cm)
L 89x127mm L(89x127mm)
2L 127x178mm 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5"
Hagaki 100x148mm Hagaki
Hagaki 2 200x148mm Hagaki 2
Envelope Com 10 Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL Envelope DL
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25" Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07" Nagagata 4
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25" Yougata 4
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" Yougata 6
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm Card 2.17"x3.58"
Custom Size Others
229
Various Printing Methods
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Execute Borderless Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Printing on Postcards
230
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size
and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the
application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size
and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Select the paper size
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Set Orientation
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to
perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4. Click OK
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the
printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large
documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
231
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the number of copies to be printed
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3.
Specify the print order
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
232
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4.
Click OK
When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the
settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page
Layout.
When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and
cannot be set.
When Duplex Printing is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set.
Note
By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and
Page Layout.
233
Execute Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it
extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Set borderless printing
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3.
Check the paper size
234
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4.
Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5.
Click OK
When you execute print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing, Stapling Side settings, and
the Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
When Envelope, High Resolution Paper, or T-Shirt Transfers is selected from the Media Type list
on the Main tab, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
235
Important
When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no
margin before printing.
236
Scaled Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Set scaled printing
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
Select a Printer Paper Size
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When
the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
237
Specify a scaling factor
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5. Click OK
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the printer driver.
238
Note
Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
239
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Set page layout printing
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and
click OK.
240
Page Layout
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of
pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5.
Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
241
Tiling/Poster Printing
The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print
these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like
a poster.
Setting Tiling/Poster Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Set tiling/poster printing
Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed
242
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box,
and then click OK.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create
a larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste", uncheck this check box.
Note
This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are
used.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
To leave out cut lines, uncheck this check box.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
To reprint only a specific page, select Pages and enter the page number you want to print. To
specify multiple pages, enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a
hyphen between the page numbers.
Note
You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview.
5.
Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document will be divided into several pages during printing.
Printing Only Specific Pages
If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing, you can reprint only the specific pages by following the
procedure below:
1. Set the print range
In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not need to be
printed.
The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are displayed.
243
Note
Click the deleted pages to display them again.
Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages.
2.
Complete the setup
After completing the page selection, click OK.
When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed.
Important
Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results may become coarse.
244
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Performing Automatic Duplex Printing
You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Set automatic duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked.
3. Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Set the print area
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than
usual and the document may not fit on one page.
Click Print Area Setup..., select one of the following process methods, and then click OK.
245
Use normal-size printing
Print without reducing the page.
Use reduced printing
Reduce the page slightly during printing.
5.
Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
6.
Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
7.
Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, duplex printing will be started.
Performing Duplex Printing Manually
You can perform the duplex printing manually.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
Set duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab.
246
3.
Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4.
Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5.
Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6.
Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side.
Important
When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab,
Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is unavailable.
When Borderless, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing
and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Duplex Printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Page
Size on the Page Setup tab.
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm, A5, A4, B5
247
After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page
(Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying
wait time at Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Related Topic
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
248
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3.
Select the media type
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
4.
Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL,
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", and then click OK.
5.
Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
249
6. Select the print quality
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Click OK
When you execute print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Note
If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer
Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
250
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3.
Select commonly used settings
Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.
4.
Select the media type
For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki.
Important
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the
message side first and then print the address side.
The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click
Printer Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box
that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
5.
Select the paper size
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
6. Set the print orientation
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7. Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High or Standard, according to your purpose.
251
8. Click OK
When you execute printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
When you execute postcard printing, a guide message is displayed.
When the guide message is displayed, select Do not show this message again if you do not want any
guide messages to be displayed.
To display guide messages again, open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
On the Option menu, choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting.
When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media,
and click Start Printing.
252
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Canon IJ Status Monitor
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
253
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your
computer so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different printers support different data formats, you need a printer driver that supports your printer.
Printer Driver Types
You can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the normal printer driver.
The XPS printer driver is suited to printing from application software that supports XPS printing.
Important
Note that if you want to use the XPS printer driver, the normal printer driver must also be installed.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the normal printer driver, install the driver from Start Setup Again on the setup CD-ROM
that came with your printer.
To install the XPS printer driver, load the setup CD-ROM that comes with the printer, and then select
XPS Driver from Add Software.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the regular printer driver or select
"Canon XXX XPS" (where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the XPS printer driver.
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
254
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1.
Select print command from application software
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
2.
Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application
software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
1.
Select Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
2.
Right-click the icon of your model. When the menu appears, select Printing preferences
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Important
Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs
regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear
when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding
Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
255
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress
of printing. You will know the status of the printer with graphics, icons, and messages.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
256
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
257
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3.
Display Estimated ink levels
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
Note
The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
258
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
Depending on the document type to be printed, the paper feed method specified in the printer driver
may not operate correctly.
If this happens, open the printer driver setup window from the Print dialog box of the application
software, and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Main tab.
With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor, the following
functions will not operate.
Preview before printing on the Main tab
Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing, Specify Margin..., Print from Last
Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page Setup tab
Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color
Adjustment dialog box
Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
Note
Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer
driver is used.
The card slot of the printer may become inaccessible. In such cases, restart the printer or turn it off
and reconnect the USB cable.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
259
When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of
the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
7. Start printing.
If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time
or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print
dialog box.
260
Printer Driver Description
Quick Setup tab Description
Main tab Description
Page Setup tab Description
Maintenance tab Description
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
261
Quick Setup tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting,
the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key
and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and
Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
262
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Print Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Note
The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had
been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added
printing profile is selected.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a
confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Important
To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4.5.2 or later
installed on your computer.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is
displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
263
Important
Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to
change them.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends
slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab,
choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the
document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the
paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
264
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom. The
Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
Select the source from which paper is supplied.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
265
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is
possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default
values (factory settings).
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page
Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the
items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
266
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer
driver.
Paper Source
Check the setting or select a new paper source.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Page Size
Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Related Topics
Basic Printing Setup
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
267
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Execute Borderless Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Printing on Postcards
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
268
Main tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
269
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, and so on are adjusted
automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness,
Intensity, and Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and
select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
270
Important
To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4.5.2 or later
installed on your computer.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Note
The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color
balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
271
Important
When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Brightness
Selects the brightness of your print.
You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However, the brightness of the colors between
white and black can be changed.
Intensity
Adjusts the overall intensity of your print.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Print a pattern for color adjustment
When the color balance or intensity/contrast is changed, the pattern printing function prints a list of
the adjustment results along with the adjustment values.
Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment.
Pattern Print preferences...
Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button.
The Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings.
Pattern Print dialog box
Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity/
contrast of documents.
Parameters to Adjust
Select the item to be checked by pattern printing.
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan/magenta/yellow balance.
Important
When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Intensity/Contrast
Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity/contrast balance.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab.
272
Note
Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot
be selected.
Amount of Pattern Instances
Sets the number of patterns to be printed.
You can select from Largest, Large, and Small. When you select a pattern size, the number of
patterns that can be printed is as follows:
Note
Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are
selected.
The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall
layout.
Largest
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 37
Intensity/Contrast 49
Large
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 19
Intensity/Contrast 25
Small
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 7
Intensity/Contrast 9
Color Variation Between Instances
Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.
Select from Large, Medium, and Small. Large produces a large amount of change, and Small
produces a small amount of change.
Note
Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM (ICC Profile Matching), or None to match the purpose of
the print operation.
Important
When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out
and is unavailable.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
273
ICM (ICC Profile Matching)
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Specify the rendering intent to be used.
Important
If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM (ICC Profile Matching) is
unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data
properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver.
Rendering Intent
Specifies the matching method to be used when you select ICM (ICC Profile Matching) for Color
Correction.
Saturation
This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method.
Perceptual
This method reproduces images by focusing on colors that most people find desirable. Select
this method to print photos.
Relative Colorimetric
When image data is converted to the color space of the printer, this method converts the image
data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions. Select this method to print
image data with colors that are close to the original colors.
The white spots are reproduced as white spots (background color) on the paper.
Absolute Colorimetric
This method uses the white spot definitions in the input and output ICC profiles to convert the
image data.
Although the color and color balance of the white spots change, you may not be able to get the
desired output results because of the profile combination.
Important
Depending on the media type, you may obtain the same print results even when you change the
Rendering Intent setting.
Note
In the XPS printer driver, ICM has become ICC Profile Matching.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
274
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
275
Page Setup tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab
allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
276
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will
be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster,
or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce
the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size
loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
277
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Booklet
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size,
Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex
Printing check box is checked.
To perform duplex printing automatically, check this check box.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Print Area Setup...
Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box in which you can configure the print area for automatic
duplex printing.
This button will be enabled if automatic duplex printing is set when Borderless is not selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
278
Important
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, give
priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the
printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background... (Stamp...)
Opens the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light
illustration behind the document data.
Note
With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and
only the stamp function can be used.
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, Stamp and Background
may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
279
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Page Layout
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a
larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not
be available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
280
Note
If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Print Area Setup dialog box
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual.
Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed, the document may not fit on one page.
This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document
fits in one page.
Use normal-size printing
Prints the document pages without reducing them. This is the default setting.
Use reduced printing
Slightly reduces each document page so that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing.
Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
281
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be
available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Note
Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer
driver.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Disable the paper source setting of the application software
Disables the paper feeding method that is set by the application.
With some applications such as Microsoft Word, the data may be printed with a feeding method that
differs from the printer driver setting. In this case, check this function.
Important
When this function is enabled, normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the
Canon IJ Preview.
However, if you are using the XPS printer driver, you will be able to change the paper feeding
method from the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
282
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Note
Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS
printer driver.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation
When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed, the printer uses a simple interpolation
process to enlarge or reduce the image.
If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly, selecting this check box may improve
the results.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Note
Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer
driver.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
283
Important
A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Note
Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.
Print With
Specify the ink tank to be used from the installed ink tanks.
Select from All Colors (Default), All Except PGBK (Black), Only PGBK (Black).
Important
When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the
printer uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is
detached.
Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box
The Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or
behind the document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original
stamp or background.
Note
With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and
only the stamp function can be used.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the
Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
284
Print semitransparent stamp
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document page.
Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data may be hidden
behind the stamp.
Note
You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap)
behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected
background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the
document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
285
Important
Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
286
Orientation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type
on the Stamp tab.
Note
Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine
how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
287
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost
position.
Note
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be
available.
Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the
middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this
button.
288
Maintenance tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
View Print History
This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview, and displays the print history.
Note
You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
Note
If you are using the XPS printer driver, the "Canon IJ Status Monitor" becomes the "Canon IJ XPS
Status Monitor".
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
289
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
Important
If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
290
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
The status monitor displays ink tank types and estimated ink levels.
When the remaining ink level becomes low, a warning icon and message (low ink level warning)
are displayed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images and messages to display the printer status and the ink status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
291
Ink Tank
If a low ink warning or an empty ink tank error occurs, the status monitor displays an icon. The
status monitor also uses images to display the estimated ink levels of the ink tanks.
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels
and the names of ink tanks that the printer can use.
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays icons to report a remaining ink level warning and an ink depletion error.
The estimated ink level of the ink tank is also displayed as an illustration.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
Envelope Printing
Displays guide messages when envelope printing starts.
To hide these guide messages, select the Do not show this message again check
box.
To display the guide messages again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Hagaki Printing
Displays guide messages before the printer begins hagaki printing.
To hide these guide messages, select the Do not show this message again check
box.
To display the guide messages again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Hagaki Printing, and enable this setting.
292
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the
other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
293
Installing the MP Drivers
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver
for your model.
1. Turn off the printer
2.
Start the installer
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an
administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
3.
Install the MP Drivers
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4.
Complete the installation
Click Complete.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be
displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the MP Drivers. However,
when installing the XPS printer driver, first complete installation of the MP Drivers.
You can download the MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges
incurred are your responsibility.
Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Before Installing the MP Drivers
294
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
Printing from Windows 10 Mobile Device
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
295
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print or scan by connecting the devices to the
printer directly.
Follow the procedure below to use Wireless Direct.
1. Enable Wireless Direct.
2. Connect devices to printer.
3. Perform printing or scanning operation.
Important
You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time.
Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Preparing for Wireless Direct
Change settings below to prepare for Wireless Direct.
Printer's LAN settings
Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer
Settings of a device to connect
Connecting the Device to the Printer
Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer
1.
Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Device settings.
5. Select LAN settings.
6. Select Wireless Direct.
296
7. Select Wireless Direct active/inactive.
8. Select ON.
The confirmation screen asking if you display the password information appears.
9. Select Yes or No.
The list of Wireless Direct settings is displayed.
The device detects the printer by the identifier (SSID).
Note
You can check the following.
SSID
Security setting
Password
Printer's name which appears on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device
The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device
you are using, no password is required.
When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name
displayed on the touch screen from your device.
The identifier (SSID) and the security setting are specified automatically. To update them, see
below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
10.
Select OK.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Connecting the Device to the Printer
1.
Turn on wireless communication on your device.
Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.
For more on turning on wireless communication, see your device's instruction manual.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from
list displayed on device.
Note
If "DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
See
Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Enter password.
297
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
Check the password for the Wireless Direct.
Check by one of the following methods.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a
device to the printer via wireless LAN. Enter the password specified for the printer.
If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting
to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to
connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the touch screen is the same as that of your wireless communication
device and select Yes.
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
Connect a device and the printer and start printing/scanning.
Note
For more on printing or scanning from a device via wireless LAN, refer to the device's or application's
instruction manual.
You can print/scan from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Download it from App Store and Google Play.
For iOS
For Android
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Settings.
298
4. Select Device settings.
5. Select LAN settings.
6. Select Wireless Direct.
7.
Select a setting item.
To change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct
Select A to display the setting screen of the identifier (SSID).
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
1. Select the entry field.
2. Enter the identifier (SSID) (up to 32 characters).
3. Select Auto update or OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the identifier (SSID).
Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and
the password, select Yes. To check the security setting and the updated identifier (SSID)/
password, select Details and select Yes on the screen displayed next.
To change the password for Wireless Direct
Select B to display the setting screen of the password.
Follow the procedure below to change the password.
1.
Select the entry field.
2.
Enter the password (up to 10 characters).
3.
Select Auto update or OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the password.
Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and
the password, select Yes. To check the security setting and the updated identifier (SSID)/
password, select Details and select Yes on the screen displayed next.
299
To change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
to the printer
Select C to display the confirmation screen. If you want the printer to display the screen to inform
you a Wi-Fi direct compatible device is connecting to the printer, select Yes.
Important
To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should not change the setting from
the default.
To check the current Wireless Direct settings
Select D to display the confirmation screen. To check the current Wireless Direct settings, select
Yes.
Note
If you select Print details, you can print the network settings.
8.
Press HOME button.
The HOME screen is displayed.
Note
If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
300
Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing Photo Data
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
301
Printing Photo Data
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card Basic
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
302
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card
You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily.
This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Select photo print.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Load photo paper.
3.
Select Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4.
Select Memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
5.
Select Select photo print.
6.
Insert memory card into card slot.
The photo selection screen is displayed.
Note
When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen is displayed.
If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card, the confirmation screen to select
which file you print is displayed. Select Print photos in the displayed screen.
If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved.
is displayed on the touch screen.
If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per
2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
7. Specify settings as necessary.
To select the photo to print:
Flick horizontally to select the photo.
You can also select the photo by tapping "A".
303
You can print a copy of the displayed photo by pressing the Color button.
To change the display method, the number of copies, or the print settings:
Select near the bottom of the displayed photo to display menus.
A. Total number of copies
Total number of copies is displayed.
When tapping, the Check total no. of copies screen is displayed and you can check the
number of copies for each photo. On the Check total no. of copies screen, you can change
the number of copies for each photo.
B.
Number of copies
Select to specify the number of copies.
I.
Flick vertically to specify the number of copies.
304
Select to display the photo selection screen.
J. Select to specify the number of copies.
Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies.
Note
You can specify the number of copies for each photo. Display the photo you want to print
and specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed.
C.
Switching group
Select to switch the photo group.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
D. Settings
Select to display the Settings screen.
You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
E.
Comparing photos
Select to display two photos side-by-side.
305
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
F.
Zooming in
Select to zoom in on the photo.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
G. Date specification
Select photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
H.
Multi display
Select to display the multiple photos at once.
306
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
8.
Touch Color button.
The printer starts printing.
Note
Press the Stop button to cancel printing.
While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print).
Adding Print Job
Adding Print Job
You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos.
Follow the procedure below to add the print job.
1.
Flick photo while printing to select next photo.
Note
While you select the photo, the printer prints the reserved photos.
The reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job.
2. Specify the number of copies for each photo.
Note
While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print
settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the
print job.
3. Press Color button.
The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing.
If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.
307
Note
While processing the print job, you cannot display the HOME screen, change the print menu, or print
from the computer or other devices.
While processing the print job, the photo in other group is not selected.
If you press the Stop button while processing the print job, the screen to select a method to cancel
reservation is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel printing all photos. If
you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last printing job.
If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the
operation. may be displayed on the touch screen. In this case, wait a while and add the print job.
308
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the
memory card.
Flick vertically to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the
setting.
Note
Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If the
setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are displayed on the
touch screen. In this case, select on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and
change the setting.
The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if another print menu is selected or the
printer is turned off.
You can specify the following setting items.
Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the paper
settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
Print qlty (Print quality)
Select print quality according to the photo.
Border (Bordered/Borderless print)
Select bordered or borderless print.
Photo fix
309
When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the most
suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter
to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each scene
with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.
Note
As a default, photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied.
If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.
Red-EyeCorrection
Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.
Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be
corrected.
Print date
Activates/deactivates to print the date (shooting date) on a photo.
Note
The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user
settings under Device settings under Settings.
Device user settings
310
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
You can print a template form such as lined paper, graph paper, or checklist, etc. on A4, B5, or Letter-sized
plain paper.
Printable template forms
Printing template forms
Printable template forms
The following templates are available:
Notebook paper
You can select three line spacing formats.
Setting on the touch screen:
Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)
Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)
Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)
Note
You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper.
Graph paper
You can select two square sizes.
Setting on the touch screen:
Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)
Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)
Note
You cannot print Graph paper on B5 sized paper.
Checklist
You can print a notepad with checkboxes.
Setting on the touch screen:
Checklist
311
Staff paper
You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves.
Setting on the touch screen:
Staff paper 1 (10 staves)
Staff paper 2 (12 staves)
Handwriting paper
You can print handwriting paper.
Setting on the touch screen:
Handwriting paper (3 lines)
Weekly schedule
You can print a weekly schedule form.
Setting on the touch screen:
Weekly schedule (vertical)
Monthly schedule
You can print a monthly schedule form.
Setting on the touch screen:
Monthly schedule(calendar)
Printing template forms
Print template form following the procedure below.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Load A4, B5, or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Select Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
312
4. Select Templates.
5. Select template you want to print.
Printable template forms
6. Specify settings as necessary.
You can specify the following setting items.
Copies
Specify the number of copies.
Page size
Select the page size depending on the loaded paper.
Note
Depending on the form, some setting of page size cannot be specified. If it is selected,
and Error details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, select on the upper
left on the touch screen to check the message and change the setting.
Type (Media type)
The paper type is set to Plain paper.
Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches
the paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
2-sidedPrintSetting
Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing.
7. Start printing.
Press the Color button for printing following forms.
313
Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)
Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)
Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)
Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)
Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)
Handwriting paper (3 lines)
Press the Black button for printing following forms.
Checklist
Staff paper 1 (10 staves)
Staff paper 2 (12 staves)
Weekly schedule (vertical)
Monthly schedule(calendar)
314
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
Note
The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the
printer and when you print using the printer driver.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
After loading paper:
When you close the feed slot cover:
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
315
When you insert the cassette:
The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
* You can load only plain paper in the cassette.
Important
For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the paper
information registered to the printer:
Ex:
Paper setting for printing or copying: A5
Paper information registered to the printer: A4
316
When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.
Selecting OK on the touch screen displays the paper setting specified for printing or copying under the
message.
Check the message and select OK. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of
the operations below.
Note
Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select if you want to print on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing or copying with A5 on the paper loaded.
317
Replace the paper and print
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper before you start printing or copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and closing the feed
slot cover or inserting the cassette. Register the paper information according to the paper that you
loaded.
Note
If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, press the Back button when the
screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed, check the paper
size and the media type and register them to the printer.
For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying. Change the paper
settings and try printing again.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
When you print using the operation panel of the printer:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the display setting when you copy or print using the operation panel of the printer:
Feed settings
When you print from Windows:
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the display setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
When you print from Mac OS:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the display setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The printer starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the
paper information registered to the printer are different.
318
Copying
Making Copies Basics
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Two-Sided Copying
Collated Copying
Special Copy Menu
Copying Using Smartphone or Tablet
319
Making Copies
This section describes the procedure to copy with Standard copy.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3.
Select Copy on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4.
Select Standard copy.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
5.
Load original document on platen glass or in ADF.
6.
Specify settings as necessary.
A.
The scanning method and copy layout are displayed.
Switch the scanning method from the ADF and layout (single-sided/two-sided).
B.
Specifies the number of copies.
320
F. Flick to specify the number of copies.
G.
Specifies the number of copies.
If you keep touching here, the number scrolls by 10.
C.
Displays the print setting items.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Copying
D. Previews an image of the printout on the preview screen.
For details:
Displaying Preview Screen
E.
Specifies the page size.
321
7.
Press Color button for color copying, or Black button for black & white copying.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after copying is complete.
Important
If you load the original on the platen glass, do not open the document cover or remove the original
while Scanning document... is displayed on the touch screen.
If you load the original in the ADF, do not move the original until copying is complete.
Note
To cancel copying, touch the Stop button.
Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy)
If you load the original on the platen glass, you can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job.
Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as
the one which you previously pressed.
Important
When you load the original on the platen glass, move the document cover gently.
Note
When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.
322
When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media
type cannot be changed.
If you touch the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to
cancel copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel copying all
scanned data. If you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last copying job.
If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs.
Please wait a while and redo the operation. may appear on the touch screen. Select OK and wait
a while, and then try copying again.
If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning. appears on the touch screen
when scanning, select OK and touch the Stop button to cancel copying. After that, copy the
documents that have not been finished copying.
323
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity.
Print Settings Screen
Note
For more on the print setting screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
How to display the print setting screen varies with the copy menu.
In Standard copy:
The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings on the Copy standby screen.
In Borderless copy, Frame erase copy, or ID card copy:
The following screen is displayed before copying.
Setting Items
Flick to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the
setting.
Note
Depending on the copy menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the
setting items in Copy.
The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out.
For more on the setting items for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
324
Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy
menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are
displayed on the touch screen. In this case, select on the upper left on the touch screen to check
the message and change the setting.
The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the printer is turned off.
When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting, The specified
function is not available with current settings. is displayed on the touch screen. Change the
setting, following the on-screen instructions.
Following setting items can be changed.
Magnif. (Magnification)
Specify the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Intensity
Specify the intensity.
A. Select to activate/deactivate automatic intensity adjustment.
When ON is selected, the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on
the platen glass.
B. Drag to specify the intensity.
Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
Print qlty (Print quality)
325
Adjust print quality according to the original.
Important
If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select
Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again.
Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays
instead of black or white.
Layout
Select the layout.
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
ADF duplex scan
Select whether to perform duplex scanning from the ADF.
Two-Sided Copying
2-sidedPrintSetting
Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
Two-Sided Copying
Collate
Select whether to obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original.
Collated Copying
326
Scanning
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning from Computer (AirPrint)
Scanning from Operation Panel
Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet
327
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
328
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
329
IJ Scan Utility Features
Use IJ Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the
corresponding icon.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
For details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
Windows 7:
My Documents folder
To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
330
Note
To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
331
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1.
Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
2.
Place items on platen or ADF.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3.
Start IJ Scan Utility.
4.
Click Auto.
Scanning starts.
Note
To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box to set where to save the scanned images and to make
advanced scan settings.
To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
332
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2.
Start IJ Scan Utility.
3.
To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
item in the Settings dialog box.
Note
Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4.
Click Document or Photo.
Scanning starts.
Note
To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
333
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Scanning in Basic Mode
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
Important
Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
334
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the
output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN
interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan
results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to
scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Note
ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps (
, , and
).
335
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
color tone, and other settings.
336
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start
ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection
from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from IJ Scan Utility
1.
Start IJ Scan Utility.
For details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and search for
"Starting IJ Scan Utility."
2.
In IJ Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
1.
Start application.
2.
On application's menu, select machine.
Note
A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
3.
Scan document.
The ScanGear screen appears.
337
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail)
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
Photos with a whitish background
Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear documents
Thin documents
Thick documents
The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.
Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex
scanning support.
1.
Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2.
Set Select Source to match your document.
338
Important
Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3.
Click Preview.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
Note
Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4.
Set Destination.
Note
Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5. Set Output Size.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6. Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
339
7. Set Image corrections as needed.
8. Click Scan.
Scanning starts.
Note
Click (Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the
current scan settings.
How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after
scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
340
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
Basic Mode Tab
Advanced Mode Tab
341
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
The displayed items vary by document type and view.
Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
342
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
343
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of
the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the
aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the
portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it
while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This
option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then
saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or
mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the
added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save
to save the items listed in Output Size List.
344
Important
Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
Save up to 10 items.
An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
Reduce gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
345
Important
Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using
this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons
and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Perform Scan
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
346
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
347
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its
original state.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
348
Note
Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Basic Mode
349
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
The displayed items vary by document type and view.
The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
350
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame (scan
area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its non-
magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
frame.
Note
You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame
again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
351
Note
Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
(Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
352
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
353
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
354
Note
When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
Note
Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
355
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices.
Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these
steps and scan again.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600
dpi in full-color.
ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
356
Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
357
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
358
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall
into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.
Close the document cover when scanning.
Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) when opening/closing the
document cover. May result in unintended operation.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of
the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on
the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
359
Important
Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a for-
mat other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (di-
agonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between
items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
Place up to 12 items.
Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are cor-
rected automatically.
Important
For the portions in which items cannot be scan-
ned, see Loading Originals.
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF. May result in paper jam.
Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
For supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF, see Supported Originals.
1. Open document tray.
2. Place documents on ADF, and then adjust document guides to width of documents.
Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds.
360
361
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images
into a specified computer.
Important
Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand from the Setup CD-ROM or by
following the instructions our website.
With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner,
you can scan over a network from your computer or the operation panel.
Important
If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, the product used for
scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well. The product for scanning from the operation panel also
changes.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility, check that it is selected with IJ Network
Scanner Selector EX.
Refer to "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for your model from Home of
the Online Manual for details.
To scan from the operation panel, specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX beforehand.
1.
Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click All apps > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
362
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2.
In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3.
Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In
that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can
select one scanner per model.
4.
Click OK.
Note
The scanner selected in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the Scan-
from-Operation-Panel Settings screen as well.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or
printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status
between it and the computer.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product
Name.
3. Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
4. Click (General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears.
363
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel
You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.
Important
Set IJ Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
1.
Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click
to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click All apps > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.
364
4. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.
Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer.
Note
When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners.
5. In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK.
Note
If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then
reopen it and try selecting again.
MP Drivers is installed
Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
365
Faxing
Preparing for Faxing
Registering Recipients
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of
Printer
Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows)
Sending Faxes from Computer (Mac OS)
Receiving Faxes
Other Useful Fax Functions
366
Preparing for Faxing
Connect the printer to the telephone line and set up the printer before using the faxing functions. Then
specify the basic setting such as sender information, date/time, and daylight saving time.
Important
If the Power Disconnects:
If there is a power failure or if you accidentally unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be
reset.
The settings for user information and directory will be retained.
All faxes stored in the printer's memory, such as unsent and received faxes, will be lost.
If the power disconnects, the following will apply:
You will not be able to send or receive faxes, make copies, or scan originals.
When you are connecting the telephone, whether or not you can use it depends upon your
telephone line or telephone.
Setting Up Printer
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function.
All Setup
Setting Up the FAX
Individual Setup
1.
Connecting Telephone Line
2.
Setting Telephone Line Type
3.
Setting Receive Mode
4.
Setting Sender Information
Note
You can set the fax setting according to the instruction on the touch screen.
Easy setup
If you set up according to the instruction on the touch screen, the receive mode is set to TEL priority
mode or FAX only mode. To receive faxes with DRPD or Network switch, change the receive
mode.
Setting Receive Mode
367
Connecting Telephone Line
The connection method differs depending on your telephone line.
If you connect the printer to wall telephone line directly/If you connect the printer with the xDSL splitter:
Basic Connection
If you connect the printer to another line such as an xDSL:
Connecting Various Lines
If the connection is incorrect, the printer cannot send/receive faxes. Connect the printer correctly.
Important
Do not connect fax devices and/or telephones in parallel (US and Canada only).
If two or more fax devices and/or telephones are connected in parallel, the following problems may
occur and the printer may not operate properly.
If you pick up the handset of the telephone that is connected in parallel during fax transmission or
reception, the fax image may be corrupted or a communication error may occur.
Such services as Caller ID, etc. may not operate properly on the telephone.
If you cannot avoid parallel connections, set the receive mode to TEL priority mode, understanding
that the above problems may occur. You will only be able to receive faxes manually.
Basic Connection
Make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end of supplied telephone line cable to the telephone
line jack near the "LINE" mark of the printer, and then connect the other end to the telephone line jack on
the wall or to the telephone line jack of the xDSL splitter.
When you connect the telephone to the printer, make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end
of the modular cable to the external device jack near the "EXT." mark of the printer, and then connect the
other end to the telephone line jack of the telephone.
368
Important
Be sure to connect the telephone line before the printer is turned on.
If you connect the telephone line when the printer is turned on, turn the printer off and unplug the
power cord. Wait for 1 minute, and then connect the power plug.
Note
Refer to Rear View for the position of the telephone line jack and the external device jack.
Before connecting a telephone or answering device, remove the Telephone connector cap.
For users in the UK:
If the connector of the external device cannot be connected to the jack on the printer, you will need to
purchase a B.T. adapter to connect as follows:
Attach the B.T. adapter to the modular cable connecting the external device, and then connect the
B.T. adapter to the external device jack.
Connecting Various Lines
This section introduces how to connect various lines.
These are examples and could not be guaranteed to suit every connecting condition. For details, refer to
the instruction manual supplied with the network device (control devices such as an xDSL (Digital
Subscriber Line) modem or terminal adapter) you are connecting to this printer.
Note
xDSL is the generic term for the high speed digital communication technology with telephone line
such as ADSL/HDSL/SDSL/VDSL.
Connecting to an Internet Telephone
369
A. Digital Subscriber Line
B. xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C. Broadband router compatible with Internet Telephone
D. Computer
E. Telephone or answering device
F. WAN (Wide Area Network) port
G. LAN (Local Area Network) port
H. TEL port
I. LINE port
* Port configurations and names may vary depending on the product.
Note
When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in
Telephone line type.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Connecting to an xDSL
A. Analog Subscriber Line
B. xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C. Computer
D. Telephone or answering device
Important
When the splitter is not built-in to the modem, do not branch the telephone line before the splitter
(wall side). And also, do not connect splitters in parallel. The printer may not be able to operate
properly.
Note
When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in
Telephone line type.
Setting Telephone Line Type
370
Connecting to an ISDN Line
For details on ISDN (Integrated Service Digital Network) connection and settings, refer to the manuals
supplied with your terminal adapter or dial-up router.
371
Setting Telephone Line Type
Before using your printer, make sure you set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line. If you
are unsure of your telephone line type, contact your telephone company. For xDSL or ISDN connections,
contact the telephone company or service provider to confirm your line type.
Important
For users in China:
After plugging the power cord and turning on the printer, the telephone line type is selected
automatically. However, if the printer is connected to the control device such as an xDSL modem or
terminal adapter, the telephone line type may not be selected correctly.
In this case, set the line type manually.
For details on how to set the Telephone line type manually in China:
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
Note
Telephone line type will not appear in countries or regions where Rotary pulse is not supported.
You can print USER'S DATA LIST to check the current setting.
Summary of Reports and Lists
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select Device settings.
5. Select FAX settings.
6. Select FAX user settings.
7. Select Telephone line type.
8. Select a telephone line type.
372
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
This section describes the procedure to set the telephone line type manually in China.
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select Device settings.
5.
Select FAX settings.
6. Select FAX user settings.
7. Select Telephone line auto selection.
The current telephone line type is displayed.
8. Check current telephone line type, and then select OK.
Note
If you do not need to change the telephone line type, press the HOME button to return to the
HOME screen.
373
9. Select OFF.
10. Select a telephone line type.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
374
Setting Receive Mode
Set the receiving operation (receiving mode).
For details on how to set the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
You can select the appropriate mode.
For details on the selectable receive mode:
About Receive Mode
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
Note
The receiving operation procedure varies depending on the selected receive mode.
For details on receiving method depending on each receive mode:
Receiving Faxes
If you want to use a single telephone line for faxes and voice calls, you need to connect a telephone or
an answering device to the external device jack of this printer.
For details on how to connect the telephone or the answering device to the printer:
Basic Connection
Setting Receive Mode
This section describes the procedure to select the receive mode.
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select Receive mode settings.
5.
Select a receive mode, and then select OK.
Note
By selecting Advanced, you can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
375
For details on the receive mode:
About Receive Mode
DRPD is available only in the US and Canada.
Network switch may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
Refer to Receiving Faxes for information on receiving faxes or the procedure for each receive
mode.
About Receive Mode
You can select the receive mode suitable for your fax use conditions: whether you use a dedicated line for
fax, etc.
Receive
mode
Your fax use condition Receiving operation
TEL priori-
ty mode
When mainly receiving voice
calls (with a telephone or an-
swering device connected to
the printer):
When a call incomes, the telephone will ring.
Pick up the handset.
If the call is a voice call, talk on the telephone.
If the call is a fax, hang up the handset after the printer starts receiving
the fax.
Note
The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is con-
nected to the printer, depending on the type or settings of the tele-
phone.
DRPD or
Network
switch
When receiving voice calls
(with a telephone or answer-
ing device connected to the
printer) and subscribing to a
ring pattern detection service
provided by your telephone
company:
When a call incomes, the telephone will ring. The printer detects a fax
call by the fax ring pattern.
If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
If the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will
continue ringing.
Note
The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is con-
nected to the printer, depending on the type or settings of the tele-
phone.
FAX only
mode
When not receiving voice
calls:
When a fax incomes, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
Advanced setting in TEL priority mode
You can specify the following setting items.
Manual/auto switch: ON/Manual/auto switch: OFF
376
If you select Manual/auto switch: ON, the printer automatically receives faxes after the external
device rang a specified length of time.
You can specify the length of time until automatic reception is started.
RX start time
You can specify the length of time until automatic reception is started when Manual/auto switch:
ON is selected. Specify the length of time and select OK.
User-friendly RX: ON/User-friendly RX: OFF
If you select User-friendly RX: ON, the printer automatically switches from telephone calling to
fax reception by detecting the fax signal (CNG signal) when you lift the handset of the telephone
or the answering device answers. When you have an answering device connected to the printer,
select User-friendly RX: ON to switch to fax reception automatically after the answering device
answers.
If you select User-friendly RX: OFF, the printer does not switch from telephone calling to fax
reception automatically even if the printer detects the fax signal (CNG signal). Select User-
friendly RX: OFF if you want the printer not to switch automatically during a call.
Note
If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the number of times the external device
rings specified with Ring count in FAX only mode is available in TEL priority mode.
If you want to specify the number of times the external device rings in TEL priority mode, select
FAX only mode on the Receive mode settings screen, specify the number of times the external
device rings with Ring count, and then switch to TEL priority mode in Receive mode settings.
If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, we recommend that you select Manual/
auto switch: OFF.
Advanced setting in FAX only mode
You can specify the following setting item.
Ring count
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Specify the number of time and select OK.
Advanced setting in DRPD
You can specify the following setting items.
Ring pattern (Normal ring/Double ring/Short-short-long/Short-long-short)
Sets the distinctive ring pattern of a call that the printer assumes is a fax call.
If you subscribe to a DRPD service, set the ring pattern to match the pattern assigned by your
telephone company.
Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
Ring count
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Specify the number of time and select OK.
377
Advanced setting in Network switch
You can specify the following setting item.
Ring count
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Specify the number of time and select OK.
Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
If you have subscribed to a Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) service provided by your telephone
company, your telephone company will assign two or more telephone numbers with distinctive ring
patterns to your single telephone line, allowing you to have different numbers for fax calls and voice calls
using only one telephone line. Your printer will automatically monitor the ring pattern, and will
automatically receive the fax if the ring pattern is a fax call.
To use DRPD, follow the procedure below to set the fax ring pattern that matches the pattern assigned by
your telephone company.
Note
Contact your local telephone company for detailed information on this service.
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4.
Select Receive mode settings.
5.
Select DRPD.
6. Select Advanced.
7. Select ring pattern that your telephone company assigned to your fax number.
378
8.
Specify number of time and select OK.
9.
Select OK.
The Function list screen is displayed.
379
Setting Sender Information
You can set the sender information such as date/time, unit name, and unit fax/telephone number.
About Sender Information
Setting Date and Time
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Registering User Information
About Sender Information
If the unit name and unit fax/telephone number are registered, they are printed with date and time as
sender information on the recipient's fax.
A. Date and time of transmission
B. Unit fax/telephone number
C. Unit name
D. The registered recipient's name is printed when sending faxes.
E. Page number
Note
You can print USER'S DATA LIST to confirm the sender information you have registered.
Summary of Reports and Lists
When sending faxes in black & white, you can select whether to print the sender information inside or
outside the image area.
Specify the setting on TTI position in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
Advanced FAX settings
You can select the date print format from three formats: YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, and DD/MM/
YYYY.
Select the date print format on Date display format under Device user settings.
Device user settings
380
Setting Date and Time
This section describes the procedure to set the date and time.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select Device settings.
5.
Select Device user settings.
6.
Select Date/time setting.
7.
Set date.
1. Select a setting item to change.
2.
Select number to enter.
Enter only the last two digits of the year.
381
3. Select OK.
4. Select OK again when all settings are completed.
8.
Set time.
1. Select a setting item to change.
2.
Select number to enter.
Enter the date and time in 24-hour format.
3. Select OK.
4. Select OK again when all settings are completed.
9.
Press HOME button to return to HOME screen.
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward at
certain periods of the year.
You can set your printer to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Important
Not all the latest information of all countries or regions is applied for Daylight saving time setting by
default. You need to change the default setting according to the latest information of your country or
region.
382
Note
This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select Device settings.
5.
Select Device user settings.
6.
Select Daylight saving time setting.
7.
Select ON.
To disable summer time, select OFF.
8.
Set date and time when summer time starts.
1. Set date when summer time starts.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
2.
Set time (in 24-hour format) when summer time starts.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
383
9.
Set date and time when summer time ends.
1.
Set date when summer time ends.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
2. Set time (in 24-hour format) when summer time ends.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
10. Press HOME button to return to HOME screen.
Registering User Information
This section describes the procedure to register the user information.
384
Note
Before sending a fax, be sure to enter your name and fax/telephone number in Unit name and Unit
TEL on the User information settings screen (for US only).
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select Device settings.
5.
Select FAX settings.
6.
Select FAX user settings.
7.
Select User information settings.
The screen to register the unit name and the unit fax/telephone number is displayed.
8. Enter unit name.
1.
Select entry field under Unit name.
The screen to enter the character is displayed.
2.
Enter unit name.
385
3. Select OK.
Note
You can enter the name up to 24 characters, including spaces.
For details on how to enter or delete characters:
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
9.
Enter unit fax/telephone number.
1. Select entry field under Unit TEL.
The screen to enter the number is displayed.
2. Enter unit fax/telephone number.
3.
Select OK.
Note
You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 20 digits, including spaces.
For details on how to enter or delete characters:
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
10. Select Register to finalize registration.
386
Registering Recipients
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
387
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Registering recipients in the printer's directory in advance allows you to dial fax/telephone numbers simply.
The following methods to register are available:
Recipient registration
Registering the recipient's fax/telephone number and name allows you to send a fax by selecting a
registered recipient in the printer directory.
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
Group dial registration
You can combine two or more recipients registered in advance into a group. You can send the same
document to all the registered recipients in the group.
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
Number of registrations (total of individual recipients and group dials):
Up to 100
Note
To change the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Changing Registered
Information.
To delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Deleting Registered
Information.
To print a list of the recipient's fax/telephone numbers and names registered, see Printing List of
Registered Destinations.
You can register, change, or delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial using
Speed Dial Utility2 on the computer.
For Windows:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
For Mac OS:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
388
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
Before you can use the printer's directory, you need to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers. Follow
the procedure below to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4.
Select TEL number registration.
5.
Select Directory registration.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
Note
If you already registered the recipients, the recipients' name is displayed next to the ID number. If
you already registered the group dial, the icon and the group name are displayed next to the
ID number.
6. Select an unregistered ID number.
Note
If you already registered the recipients and they are displayed by name, select Switch view. The
registered recipients are displayed by ID number.
If you select New entry, an unregistered ID number will be selected in numerical order.
7. Select Register recipient.
389
8. Select a registration method.
9. Register recipients' fax/telephone number.
Register the recipients' fax/telephone number depending on the registration method selected.
By entering the number
The screen to register the recipient's fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next
step.
From outgoing call log
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number from the
outgoing call logs is displayed.
Selecting a fax/telephone number from the outgoing call logs, the screen to register the recipient's
fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next step.
From incoming call log
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number or the
name from the incoming call logs is displayed.
390
Select a fax/telephone number or name from the incoming call logs, the screen to register the
recipient's fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next step.
Note
This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
10.
Enter recipient's name.
If you select From incoming call log as a registration method, the recipient's name may be already
entered. If you do not change the name, go to next step.
1.
Select entry field of name.
The screen to enter the character is displayed.
2. Enter recipient's name.
3.
Select OK.
Note
You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
11. Enter recipient's fax/telephone number.
If you select a fax/telephone number on From outgoing call log or From incoming call log, the fax/
telephone number is already entered. If you do not change the fax/telephone number, go to next step.
1.
Select entry field of fax/telephone numbers.
The screen to enter the number is displayed.
391
2. Enter recipient's fax/telephone number.
3.
Select OK.
Note
You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada, Korea and
some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
When Telephone line type in FAX user settings under FAX settings is set to Rotary pulse,
you can enter a tone ("T") by selecting the Tone key.
12.
Select Register to finalize registration.
Note
To register another recipient's number and name, select an unregistered ID number and operate
in the same procedure.
You can check the recipient's numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT
TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
392
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
If you register two or more registered recipients to a group dial, you can send the same document
successively to all recipients registered to the group dial.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4.
Select TEL number registration.
5.
Select Directory registration.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
Note
If you already registered the recipients, the recipients' name is displayed next to the ID number. If
you already registered the group dial, the icon and the group name are displayed next to the
ID number.
6. Select an unregistered ID number.
Note
If you already registered the recipients and they are displayed by name, select Switch view. The
registered recipients are displayed by ID number.
If you select New entry, an unregistered ID number will be selected in numerical order.
7. Select Group dial registration.
393
The screen to register the group name and the member of the group is displayed.
8.
Enter group name.
1.
Select entry field of group name.
The screen to enter the character is displayed.
2.
Enter group name.
3. Select OK.
Note
You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
9. Register registered recipient as a member of group dial.
1.
Select Add member.
The printer's directory is displayed.
394
Display by name
Display by ID number
A. Select to switch the display by name and by ID number.
B.
Select to display the screen to select an initial. You can search the registered recipient by
initial.
By selecting the initial, the registered recipients are displayed in alphabetical order from the
selected character.
C.
Select to display the screen to select an ID number of the registered recipient. You can
search the registered recipient by ID number.
395
By enter the ID number and selecting OK, the registered recipients are displayed in order
from the recipient of the ID number selected.
D.
The recipients that can be registered are displayed.
2.
Select a recipient to register as group member.
The member to register is displayed on the list.
Note
To delete the recipient from the group dial, select a recipient that you want to delete from the
list. After the confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete the recipient from the
group dial.
3. To add another member, select Add member again.
The printer's directory is displayed.
4.
Select a recipient to register as group member.
The member to register is displayed on the list.
396
Repeat the procedure to register another member to the same group dial.
10. Select Complete to finalize registration.
Note
To register another group, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure.
You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL
TELEPHONE NO. LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
397
Changing Registered Information
To change information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4.
Select TEL number registration.
5.
Select Directory registration.
6.
Select a recipient or a group dial to change.
7.
Change registered information.
To change an individual recipient:
1. Select Edit recipient.
The registered information screen of the selected recipient is displayed.
2. Select entry field of name or entry field of fax/telephone numbers.
The each edit screen is displayed.
3.
Change name or fax/telephone numbers.
4. Select OK.
The touch screen returns to the registered information screen.
5.
Select Register.
To change a group dial:
1.
Select Edit group dial.
The registered information screen of the group dial is displayed.
2.
To change group name, select entry field of name.
When edit screen of group name is displayed, change the group name, and then select OK.
3.
To add member, select Add member.
When the printer's directory is displayed, select the recipient you want to add.
4.
To delete member, select recipient on list.
398
When the confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete the recipient from the group
dial.
5. Select Complete to finalize changing.
399
Deleting Registered Information
To delete information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4.
Select TEL number registration.
5.
Select Directory registration.
6.
Select a recipient or a group dial to delete.
7.
Delete registered information.
To delete an individual recipient:
1. Select Delete recipient.
2. When confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete.
To delete a group dial:
1. Select Delete group dial.
2.
When confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete.
400
Printing List of Registered Destinations
You can print a list of the fax/telephone numbers and can keep it near the printer to refer to when dialing.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
5.
Select Print reports/lists.
6.
Select Directory list.
7.
Select an item to print.
If you selected Recipient:
The confirmation screen to select whether to print the list in alphabetical order is displayed.
If you select Yes: Prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in alphabetical order.
If you select No: Prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in the order of the ID number.
If you selected Group dial:
The printing confirmation screen is displayed. Select Yes to print GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO.
LIST.
401
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
About Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 is a utility for forwarding the telephone directory registered on the printer to a computer
and registering/changing it on the computer. In addition, you can register the telephone directory edited on
the computer to the printer. You can also save them on the computer as a backup.
For safety reasons, it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed
Dial Utility2.
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
402
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Important
Before starting up Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that the printer is connected to the computer correctly.
Do not plug in or unplug any cables while the printer is in operation, or when the computer is in sleep or
standby mode.
If your printer is compatible with LAN connection, make sure that the printer is connected to the
computer with LAN connection to use Speed Dial Utility2 via LAN connection.
The password entry screen may appear during startup or operation. If it appears, enter the
administrator password, and then click OK. If you do not know the administrator password, contact the
administrator of the printer.
Follow the procedure below to start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
For Windows 10, click Start button and select All apps, Canon Utilities, and then Speed Dial
Utility2.
For Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Speed Dial Utility2 on the Start screen to start Speed Dial
Utility2. If Speed Dial Utility2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, and
then search for "Speed Dial Utility2".
For Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start and select All programs, Canon Utilities, Speed
Dial Utility2, and then Speed Dial Utility2.
Speed Dial Utility2 starts up.
Note
You can also start up Speed Dial Utility2 from Quick Utility Toolbox.
403
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box
The following items are on the Speed Dial Utility2 dialog box.
1.
Printer Name:
Selects the printer for editing the telephone directory using Speed Dial Utility2.
Behind printer name, printer's MAC address is displayed.
Note
For checking printer's MAC address, refer to "Checking Network Information" for your model from
Home of the Online Manual.
For printer that supports both wireless LAN connection and wired LAN connection, MAC address
of wired LAN connection is displayed regardless of the connection method.
2. Display Printer Settings
Loads the telephone directory registered on the printer that selected for Printer Name: into Speed Dial
Utility2.
3.
Setting Item List:
Selects a setting item for editing. Choose one item from TEL Number Registration, User Information
Setting, and Rejected Number Setting.
4. Registered information list
Displays the registered information selected for Setting Item List:.
404
Note
By clicking on the item name, you can sort the display order.
5. Edit.../Select All/Delete
Edits the item that selected for Setting Item List:, or deletes the item, or selects all the items.
When multiple items on the registered information list are selected, you cannot use the Edit... button.
6.
Load from PC...
Displays the telephone directory saved on the computer.
7.
Instructions
Displays this guide.
8.
Exit
Quits Speed Dial Utility2. Information registered or edited using Speed Dial Utility2 is neither saved on
the computer nor registered on the printer.
9.
Save to PC...
Saves the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 on the computer.
10.
Register to Printer
Registers the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 to the printer.
405
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your
Computer
Follow the procedure below to save the telephone directory (includes recipients' name, recipients' fax/
telephone number, group dial, user's name, user's fax/telephone number, and rejected numbers) that
registered on the printer to the computer.
1.
Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2.
Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3.
Click Save to PC....
4.
Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
Note
The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) can be imported to other printer.
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
406
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register fax/telephone numbers.
Note
Before you register fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2.
Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3.
Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4.
Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
The Individual or Group Selection dialog box is displayed.
5.
Click Register individual TEL number or Register group dial, and then click Next....
If Register individual TEL number is selected:
1.
Enter name.
2. Enter fax/telephone number.
If Register group dial is selected:
407
1.
Enter group name.
2.
Select a code you want to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
Note
You can only add the numbers that have already been registered.
6.
Click OK.
To continue registering fax/telephone numbers or a group dial, repeat steps 4 to 6.
To save the registered information on the computer.
1.
Click Save to PC....
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
To register the registered information to the printer:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
408
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change fax/telephone numbers.
Note
Before you change fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1.
Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2.
Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3.
Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4.
Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....
If an individual fax/telephone number is selected:
1. Enter a new name.
2. Enter a new fax/telephone number.
If a group dial is selected:
1.
Enter a new group name.
409
2. Add or delete a member to/from group dial.
To add a member:
Select a code to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
To delete a member:
Select a code to delete from group dial, and then click << Delete.
5. Click OK.
To continue changing fax/telephone numbers or group dials, repeat steps 4 and 5.
To save the edited information on the computer.
1.
Click Save to PC....
2.
Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
To register the edited information to the printer:
1.
Click Register to Printer.
2.
When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
410
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to delete fax/telephone numbers.
Note
Before you delete fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1.
Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2.
Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3.
Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4.
Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.
Note
To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
5.
When confirmation screen appears, click OK.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
To continue deleting fax/telephone numbers, repeat steps 4 and 5.
To save the edited information on the computer.
1.
Click Save to PC....
2. Enter file name on the displayed screen, and then click Save.
To register the edited information to the printer:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
411
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change the user's name or fax/telephone number.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3.
Click User Information Setting from Setting Item List:.
The user's information is displayed.
4.
Select an item to change, and then click Edit....
The User Information dialog box is displayed.
5.
Enter new user's name on User Name and new fax/telephone number in TEL Number,
and then click OK.
To save the edited information on the computer:
1.
Click Save to PC....
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
To register the edited information to the printer:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
412
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register, change, or delete rejected numbers.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3.
Click Rejected Number Setting from Setting Item List:.
The list of rejected numbers is displayed.
To register a rejected number:
1.
Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
2.
Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog box, and then click OK.
To change a rejected number:
1.
Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....
2. Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog box, and then click OK.
To delete a rejected number:
1. Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
Note
To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
413
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your
Computer to Printer
You can load the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) and register it to your printer.
The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer can be loaded and
registered to your printer.
Note
In Speed Dial Utility2, the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported using Speed
Dial Utility can be loaded.
1.
Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2.
Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3.
Click Load from PC....
4.
Select a data of telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) to register to your printer.
5.
Click Open on dialog box.
The selected telephone directory is displayed.
Note
If you select the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer,
the confirmation message appears. Click OK.
6.
Click Register to Printer.
The telephone directory that has been saved on the computer is registered to your printer.
414
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number Basic
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
415
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
This section describes dialing and sending faxes directly by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
Important
It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Load documents on platen glass or in ADF.
Note
For details on the types, conditions of document, and how to load the document:
Loading Originals
3.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
A.
Receive mode
The receive mode selected currently is displayed.
B.
Date and time
The date and time are displayed.
C.
Entry field of fax/telephone numbers
Select to display the screen to enter the fax/telephone numbers.
D.
Function list
416
You can use the each fax function and change the setting for the fax.
E. Redial
Select to send faxes with redialing.
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
F. On hook dial
Select to send faxes with the on hook dial function.
Using On Hook Dial Function
G.
Directory
You can select a registered fax/telephone number.
Sending Fax to Registered Recipient
H.
Current state
The current state is displayed.
I.
Send Settings
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
Note
If you have not set up the printer for sending/receiving faxes yet, the message for setup is
displayed on the touch screen when you select FAX on the HOME screen for the first time. When
you set up for faxing, follow the procedure according to the instructions on the touch screen.
4.
Dial recipient's fax/telephone number.
1. Select entry field of fax/telephone numbers.
2.
Enter fax/telephone number.
417
A. Numeric keys
Enters the number.
B.
Pause
Enters a pause "P".
C.
Delete
Deletes the entered number.
D. Blank space
Enters a blank space.
3.
Select OK.
The touch screen returns to the Fax standby screen.
5. Press Color button for color transmission, or Black button for black & white transmission.
418
The printer starts scanning the document.
Important
Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.
Do not open the document cover until scanning is completed.
6. Start sending.
If you load the document in the ADF:
The printer scans the document automatically and starts sending the fax.
Note
To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, and then follow the instructions on the touch screen.
If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
Document in ADF. Remove the document from the document tray and tap [OK]. is
displayed on the touch screen. By selecting OK, the remaining documents are automatically
ejected.
If you load the document on the platen glass:
After scanning the document, the confirmation screen asking you if you load the next document is
displayed.
To send the scanned document, select Send now to start sending it.
To send two or more pages, follow the message to load the next page, and select Scan. After
scanning all pages, select Send now to start sending.
Note
To cancel sending the fax, press the Stop button.
Note
When your printer is connected to a PBX (Private Branch Exchange) system, refer to the operating
instructions of the system for details on dialing the recipient's fax/telephone number.
In case the printer was not able to send a fax, such as when the recipient's line was busy, it has the
function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval. Automatic redialing is enabled by
default.
Automatic Redialing
Unsent documents, such as those pending redial, are stored in the printer's memory. They are not
stored in the case of a sending error.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent. If you unplug the power cord, all unsent
documents stored in the printer's memory are lost.
419
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
There are two methods of redialing: Automatic redialing and Manual redialing.
Automatic Redialing
If you send a document and the recipient's line is busy, the printer will redial the number after a specified
interval.
Automatic Redialing
Manual Redialing
You can redial to the recipients dialed by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
Manual Redialing
Important
It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Note
Automatic redialing is enabled by default.
For details on the basic sending operations:
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
Automatic Redialing
You can enable or disable automatic redialing. If you enable automatic redialing, you can specify the
maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts.
Enable and specify the automatic redialing setting on Auto redial in Advanced FAX settings under FAX
settings.
Advanced FAX settings
Important
While automatic redialing, the unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory temporarily until the
sending fax is complete. If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord before automatic
redialing is complete, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted and not sent.
Note
To cancel automatic redialing, wait until the printer starts redialing, and then press the Stop button.
To cancel automatic redialing, delete the unsent fax from the printer's memory while the printer is on-
standby for a redial operation. For details, see Deleting Document in Printer's Memory.
Manual Redialing
Follow the procedure below for manual redialing.
420
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Load documents on platen glass or in ADF.
3. Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4.
Change send settings as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5.
Select Redial.
The Redial screen is displayed.
6.
Select a recipient's number to redial.
7.
Press Color button for color transmission, or Black button for black & white transmission.
Important
Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.
Note
For manual redialing, the printer memorizes up to 10 recent recipients dialed by entering the fax/
telephone numbers. Note that the printer does not memorize any recipients dialed using the redial
function or selecting from the directory.
To cancel manual redialing, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, and then follow the instructions on the touch screen.
If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
Document in ADF. Remove the document from the document tray and tap [OK]. is displayed on
the touch screen. By selecting OK, the remaining documents are automatically ejected.
421
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
You can change the send settings such as the scan contrast or the scan resolution on the Fax standby
screen.
Select to change the send settings.
ScanRes.
The following settings of the scan resolution are selectable.
Standard
Suitable for text-only documents.
Fine
Suitable for fine-print documents.
Extra fine
Suitable for detailed illustration or fine-print quality documents.
If the recipient's fax device is not compatible with Extra fine (300 x 300 dpi), the fax will be sent in
the Standard or Fine resolution.
Photo
Suitable for photographs.
Note
When sending a color fax, documents are always scanned in the same resolution (200 x 200 dpi).
The image quality (compression rate) is determined by which scan resolution is selected, except
that Extra fine and Photo provide the same image quality.
Contrast
422
Select a setting of the scan contrast from Lower, Standard, and Higher.
The touch screen returns to the Fax standby screen when you finish specifying the setting and selecting OK.
423
Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows)
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver) Basic
Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Cannot Send Faxes from Computer
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver
General Notes (Fax Driver)
424
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver)
You can send faxes using the fax driver from applications that support document printing.
Note
Only black and white transmission is supported.
1.
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2.
Open the document you want to fax with an application (such as Notepad), and then click
the Print command. (The command is Print... on the File menu.)
3.
In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box, select Canon XXX series FAX (where
"XXX" is the model name).
4.
Click Print or OK.
* Print dialog box in Notepad
Note
Click Preferences or Properties in the Print dialog box to open the print settings dialog box of
the fax driver in which you can set the paper size and print orientation. For details on how to open
the print settings dialog box of the fax driver, see "
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax
Driver."
5. Click Display Address Book... in Set Recipient in the Send FAX dialog box.
425
6.
Select a recipient from Recipient Name in the Select Recipient from Address Book
dialog box, then click Set as Recipient.
The selected recipient is reflected in Recipient in the Send FAX dialog box.
Important
You cannot specify a recipient if there is no recipient registered in the address book. Register the
recipient in the address book and reopen the address book.
For details on how to register recipients in the address book, see "Creating an Address Book (Fax
Driver)."
If the recipient's fax/telephone number is entered incorrectly or the registered fax/telephone
number is incorrect, the fax may be sent to an unexpected recipient. When sending an important
fax, it is recommended that you send it after confirming the entered information and recipient's
status.
426
Note
You can also specify Recipient by entering the Recipient Name and Fax Number in Direct
Entry in the Send FAX dialog box and then clicking Set as Recipient.
For details on valid characters, see "General Notes (Fax Driver)."
You can send faxes even if only the Fax Number is entered.
You can register the recipient you entered to the address book by clicking Add to Address
Book.... For details on how to register recipients in the address book, see "
Creating an
Address Book (Fax Driver)."
Add the outside line access number before the fax number as needed.
(Example: When the outside line access number is "0" and the fax number is "XXX-XXXX", enter
"0XXX-XXXX".)
7.
Click Send Now.
When a confirmation message is displayed, click OK.
Important
If you cannot send a fax due to line failure or other problem, see "Cannot Send Faxes from
Computer."
Canceling Transmission
If you click Send Now in the Send FAX dialog box, the printer icon is displayed in the taskbar. Double-
click this icon to display the list of fax jobs awaiting transmission or being sent.
Right-clicking a job and selecting Cancel stops transmission.
427
Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver)
By using the address book, you can send a fax by simply specifying a recipient from it.
You can register the recipient's name, fax number and other information in the address book.
Registering a recipient (WAB contact) in the address book
You can register an individual recipient (Contact) in the address book.
1.
Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver.
2.
Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box.
Note
Once an individual recipient (Contact) is registered in the address book folder (Windows
Contacts) as an address book file (.contact file), it can be used in multiple applications.
However, you cannot change the address book you use, as only one address book can be
created per user.
Follow the steps below to open Windows Contacts.
Windows 8.1/Windows 8:
Select the Search charm, then search for "Contacts".
Windows 7/Windows Vista:
Select XXXX (user name) from the Start menu, then double-click Contacts.
3. In the Address Book dialog box, click New....
428
4.
Select Contact in the New Entry dialog box, then click OK.
Note
For faxing, you can only specify the Contact (one recipient). You cannot specify a Distribution
List.
5.
On Name and E-mail tab of Properties dialog box, enter First and Last.
The recipient's name will be printed at the top of the fax received by the recipient.
429
6.
Enter the fax number on the Home or Work tab, then click OK.
An individual recipient (Contact) is registered in the address book.
Note
You can also register a recipient by clicking the Add to Address Book... button on the Send
FAX dialog box after entering the recipient.
Add the outside line access number before the fax number as needed.
(Example: When the outside line access number is "0" and the fax number is "XXX-XXXX",
enter "0XXX-XXXX".)
If you upgrade from Windows XP to Windows Vista, the address book you created in Windows
XP may not be reflected in Windows Vista. In this case, open the address book in the following
procedure and reflect the information to a new address book.
430
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Appearance and Personalization > Folder
Options.
2. Click the View tab of the Folder Options dialog box, select Show hidden files and
folders in Advanced settings, then click OK.
3. From the Start menu, select XXXX (user name), then double-click AppData > Roaming >
Canon > MP5 to open the folder.
4. Double-click the ".wab" file.
The address book will be reflected in Windows Vista automatically.
Related Topic
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver)
431
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)
You can change the recipients' names, fax numbers and other information, or delete recipients registered in
the address book.
Editing Recipients in an address book
1.
Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver.
2.
Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box.
3.
Select the recipient you want to edit from the Address Book dialog box, then click
Properties....
4. Change information as needed on the Properties dialog box, then click OK.
432
Removing Recipients from an address book
1.
Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver.
2.
Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box.
3. Select the recipient you want to delete from the Address Book dialog box, then click
Delete.
433
4.
When a confirmation message is displayed, click Yes.
434
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver)
You can search for recipients registered in the address book by name.
1. Open the document you want to fax with an application (such as Notepad), and then click
the Print command. (The command is Print... on the File menu.)
2.
In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box, select Canon XXX series FAX (where
"XXX" is the model name).
3.
Click Print or OK.
* Print dialog box in Notepad
4.
Click Display Address Book... in Set Recipient in the Send FAX dialog box.
435
5. Enter the name of the recipient you want to search for in Search by Recipient in the
Select Recipient from Address Book dialog box.
If the entered name is found, the recipient will be displayed in the contact list with its name selected.
While the name is selected, click Set as Recipient to enter it as the recipient.
Important
You cannot search by criteria other than name.
436
Cannot Send Faxes from Computer
Check 1
Is the power turned on?
You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
If you disconnected the power cord without turning off the power (one of the buttons on the operation panel is lit),
reconnecting it turns on the power.
If you disconnected the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (no buttons on the
operation panel are lit), reconnect it, then press the ON button to turn on the power.
If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power failure
is resolved.
Important
Confirm that all lamps on the operation panel are off before unplugging the power cord, then unplug the
power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the machine's memory are
deleted.
Note
If the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord,
the list of the faxes deleted from the machine's memory will be printed after turning the machine on.
Check 2
Is a document being sent from memory or a fax being received into memory?
When the message for the transmission/reception is displayed on the machine's LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
monitor, a fax is being sent from/received into machine's memory. Wait until the transmission/reception is
complete.
Check 3
Is the telephone line type set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Check 4
Is Dial tone detect set to ON?
Resend the fax after a while.
If you still cannot send the fax, select OFF for Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
Check 5
Is the recipient's fax number correct?
Check the recipient's fax number, then send the document again.
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver)
437
Note
For details on how to change the recipients registered in the address book, see "Edit or Remove a
Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)."
Check 6
Does an error occur during transmission?
Check if a message is displayed in the computer screen.
If displayed, check the message, then resolve the error.
Check 7
Does a printer error occur?
Check if a message is displayed on the LCD monitor.
If a support code is displayed, see "Support Code List" for your model from Home of the Online Manual.
If no support code is displayed, see "A Message Is Displayed" for your model from Home of the Online Manual.
If you are in a hurry, press the Stop button to close the message, then send the fax.
Check 8
Is the telephone line connected correctly?
Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack.
If the telephone line is connected correctly, then there is a problem with your telephone line. Contact your
telephone company and the manufacturer of your terminal adapter or telephone adapter.
438
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver
The following explains how to display the print settings dialog box or the Properties dialog box of the fax
driver from your application or from the fax/printer icon.
Opening the Print Settings Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from an Application
1.
Click the Print command in the application.
In general, you can open the Print dialog box by selecting Print from the File menu.
2.
Select "your model name," then click Preferences (or Properties).
The print settings dialog box of the fax driver appears.
Opening the Print Settings Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax/Printer
Icon
Windows 8.1/Windows 8:
1.
Click the Settings charm > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and
Printers.
2.
Right-click the Canon XXX series Printer icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and
select Printing Preferences, then Canon XXX series FAX. (Where "XXX" is the
model name.)
Windows 7:
1.
From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and
Printers.
2.
Right-click the Canon XXX series Printer icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and
select Printing Preferences, then Canon XXX series FAX. (Where "XXX" is the
model name.)
Windows Vista:
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
2. Right-click the Canon XXX series FAX icon (where "XXX" is the model name) and
select Printing Preferences....
439
Opening the Properties Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax/Printer
Icon
Windows 8.1/Windows 8:
1. Click the Settings charm > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and
Printers.
2.
Right-click the Canon XXX series Printer icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and
select Printer Properties, then Canon XXX series FAX. (Where "XXX" is the model
name.)
Windows 7:
1.
From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and
Printers.
2.
Right-click the Canon XXX series Printer icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and
select Printer Properties, then Canon XXX series FAX. (Where "XXX" is the model
name.)
Windows Vista:
1.
From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
2.
Right-click the Canon XXX series FAX icon (where "XXX" is the model name) and
select Properties.
440
General Notes (Fax Driver)
This fax driver is subject to the following restrictions.
Keep the following points in mind when using the fax driver.
The fax driver may not work correctly when sending a Microsoft Excel 2002 document as a fax with the
Allow A4/Letter Paper Resizing option checked in Microsoft Excel 2002. Follow the instructions below
to solve the problem:
1. Click Options... from the Tools menu.
2. Uncheck the Allow A4/Letter Paper Resizing option on the International tab.
When using a network compatible printer, you cannot send faxes from multiple computers at the same
time. If you try to send a fax from a computer while a fax is being sent from another computer, a
message appears and your fax cannot be sent.
Make sure that a fax is not being sent from another computer.
If you assign the fax driver to the Bluetooth port, you cannot send a fax from the computer.
You can use the following characters for Fax Number:
Character Explanation
0 - 9 * # For use in telephone and fax numbers.
, p To place a pause between numbers.
P To place a pause at the end of a sequence of numbers.
T Numbers after the T will be sent as a tone signal.
+ - ( ), space To make the number easier to read. You cannot insert a space at the front of a number.
*You cannot use ".", "R", "M", or "E".
You can enter the following number of characters in Recipient Name and Fax Number.
Recipient Name: Up to 16 characters
Fax Number: Up to 60 characters
* The number of characters you can enter differs in some regions.
The fax driver does not work correctly if you uncheck the Enable printer pooling option on the Ports
tab of the Canon XXX series FAX Properties dialog box (where "XXX" is the model name). Check that
the option is checked.
For details on how to open the Canon XXX series FAX Properties dialog box, see "Opening the Properties
Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax/Printer Icon."
441
Receiving Faxes
Receiving Faxes
Changing Paper Settings
Memory Reception
442
Receiving Faxes
This section describes the preparation necessary for receiving a fax and how to receive a fax.
Preparing for Receiving Fax
Prepare for receiving a fax according to the following procedure.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3.
Check receive mode setting.
Check the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen.
Note
For details on how to change the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
4. Load paper.
Load the sheets of plain paper.
5. Specify paper settings as necessary.
Changing Paper Settings
This completes the preparation for receiving fax.
When a fax is received, it is printed on the loaded paper automatically.
Receiving Fax
Depending on the selected receive mode, the receive operation varies.
443
Note
For details on the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
If the printer was not able to print a received fax, the printer stores the unprinted fax temporarily in its
memory (memory receiving).
Memory Reception
When receiving a fax, you can save received faxes on a memory card as PDF files automatically.
Saving Received Faxes Automatically on Memory Card
When TEL priority mode is selected:
When the call is a fax:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset. If you hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, and then
hang up the handset.
The printer will receive the fax.
Note
If the printer will not switch to fax reception, select FAX again on the HOME screen, and then
the Color or Black button to receive the fax.
To receive a fax without picking up the handset, select Manual/auto switch: ON in Advanced.
RX start time allows you to specify the number of seconds until the printer switches to fax
reception.
444
If you have subscribed to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the telephone will ring a
specified number of times when there is an incoming call with a fax distinctive ring pattern.
Then, the printer will switch to fax reception automatically without the handset being picked up.
The number of times to ring the telephone until switching to fax reception can be changed.
Set the printer to enable you to initiate fax reception from a connected telephone (remote
reception).
Remote Reception
When the answering device is connected to the printer:
If the answering device is set to the answering mode, select User-friendly RX: ON in
Advanced. If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
If the answering mode is turned off on the answering device, pick up the handset. If you
hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, and then hang up the handset.
If Manual/auto switch: ON is selected in Advanced, set RX start time to longer than the
time before the answering device starts playing the answering message. After making this
setting, we recommend that you call the answering device using a mobile phone, etc. to
confirm that messages are recorded successfully in the answering device.
Set your answering device to answering mode and adjust it as follows:
- The entire message should be no longer than 15 seconds.
- In the message, tell your callers how to send a fax.
When the call is a voice call:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
If the printer unexpectedly switches to fax reception during telephone calls, select User-
friendly RX: OFF in Advanced.
If Manual/auto switch: ON is selected in Advanced, you must answer an incoming call by
picking up the handset within the time specified in RX start time. Otherwise the printer will
switch to fax reception.
445
When FAX only mode is selected:
When the call is a fax:
The printer will receive the fax automatically.
Note
If a telephone is connected to the printer, the telephone will ring when a call incomes.
You can change the number of times to ring the telephone with Ring count in Advanced.
When DRPD or Network switch is selected:
When the call is a fax:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
The printer will receive the fax automatically when the fax ring pattern is detected.
Note
You can change the number of times to ring the telephone.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
When the call is a voice call:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
When the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will continue ringing.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
446
Note
To use this feature, you need to subscribe to a compatible service provided by your telephone
company.
For DRPD
You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the printer.
Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
For Network switch
The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase. This setting
may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase.
447
Changing Paper Settings
This printer prints received faxes to paper loaded in the printer beforehand. You can use the operation panel
to change the paper settings for printing faxes. Make sure that the settings are appropriate for the loaded
paper.
Important
If the size of loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting, the received faxes
are stored in the printer's memory and Check the page size and tap [OK]. is displayed on the touch
screen. In this case, load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting, and then
select OK.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
If no paper is loaded, or paper has run out while printing is in progress, the received faxes are stored in
the printer's memory and the error message for no paper is displayed on the touch screen. In this case,
load paper and select OK.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
If the sender sends a document that is larger than Letter-size or Legal-size, such as 11 x 17 inches, the
sender's device may send the fax automatically reduced in size or divided, or send only a part of the
original.
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select FAX paper settings.
The FAX paper settings screen is displayed.
5. Specify settings.
448
A. Page size
Select the page size from A4, Letter, or Legal.
B.
Type (Media type)
The paper type is set to Plain paper.
C.
Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
D.
2-sidedPrintSetting
Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing.
Two sided printing is available for black & white faxes. Color faxes are printed on the single-side of
paper regardless of this setting.
After 2-sided is selected for 2-sidedPrintSetting, select Advanced to specify the stapling side.
Note
When Page size is set to A4 or Letter, the received faxes are printed on the two-sides of
paper.
6.
Press Back button twice to return to Fax standby screen.
449
Memory Reception
If the printer was not able to print the received fax, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory. The
FAX Memory lamp is lit and Received in memory. is displayed at the Fax standby screen.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted. The next time you
turn the printer on, select OK after a confirmation screen is displayed. The list of the faxes deleted from
the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
If the printer receives a fax under one of the following conditions, the received fax will be automatically
stored in the printer's memory.
The printer is set to store received faxes in its memory:
When Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings,
the received faxes are stored in the printer's memory.
You can print the faxes stored in the printer's memory from the Memory reference screen in the Fax
menu.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
To print the received faxes automatically, select Print for Received documents in Auto print
settings under FAX settings.
Auto print settings
An error has occurred on the printer:
If you select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings, a received fax
will be printed automatically. However, if any of the following errors occurs, the received fax will not be
printed. It will instead be stored in the printer's memory.
When the error is resolved, the fax stored in the printer's memory is printed automatically.
The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax:
Replace the ink tank.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Note
You can set the printer to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.
Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the printer's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received
documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the printer's
memory. After you replace the ink tank and select Print for Received documents in Auto
print settings, the fax stored in the printer's memory will be printed automatically.
450
Auto print settings
Paper has run out:
Load the paper and select OK on the touch screen.
A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded:
Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings, and then select
OK on the touch screen.
You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax:
Press the HOME button and select FAX to resume printing of the fax.
Note
The printer can store up to max. 250 pages* (max. 30 documents) of faxes in the printer's memory.
* When using ITU-T No.1 chart (Standard mode)
If the printer's memory becomes full during memory reception, only pages which already have been
received are stored in the memory. Print the received faxes stored in the printer's memory, save them
on the memory card, and then delete them from the printer's memory and have the sender resend the
faxes.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
451
Other Useful Fax Functions
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
452
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
If the sending faxes is not complete or the printer was not able to print the received faxes, these faxes are
stored in the printer's memory.
If an error occurred during a fax transmission, the document is not stored in the printer's memory.
In the following cases, the printer is not able to print the received fax and will automatically store the fax in
its memory.
The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax.
Paper has run out.
A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded.
Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings.
You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a received fax.
Important
If you unplug the power cord of the printer, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Unplugging the Printer.
You can print or delete the faxes stored in the printer's memory. You can also save the received faxes
stored in the printer's memory on the memory card.
To print a document in the printer's memory:
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
To delete a document in the printer's memory:
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
To save a document on a memory card
Saving Document in Printer's Memory to Memory Card
Note
When confirming, printing, or deleting a document stored in the printer's memory, you specify it by its
transaction number. If you do not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of
documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
For details on how to print MEMORY LIST, see Printing Document in Printer's Memory.
453
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
You can print a specified document in the printer's memory or print all the received documents in its memory
at a time.
When printing a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Load paper.
3.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
5.
Select Memory reference.
The memory list is displayed.
A.
Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number
B.
Transaction number (TX/RX NO.)
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent.
A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
C.
Color information
Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white
transmission/reception.
Note
If no document is stored in the printer's memory, There is no document in memory. is displayed.
Select OK to return to the previous screen.
454
6. Select a print menu.
To print the memory list (MEMORY LIST):
You can print a list of the documents in the printer's memory by selecting Print doc. list.
When the print confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes. The printing starts.
MEMORY LIST shows the transaction number of the unsent or unprinted fax (TX/RX NO.),
transaction mode, recipient's number, and the date and time of the transaction.
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being sent. A
transaction number from "5001" to "9999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being received.
To specify a document to print:
Select a document to print on the Memory list screen, select Print specified document.
Note
If the specified document is not stored in the printer's memory, There is no document that
can be printed. is displayed. Select OK to return to the previous screen.
The confirmation screen to select whether to print only the first page of the document is displayed.
If you select Yes, only the first page of the document will be printed. The document is still stored in
the printer's memory.
If you select No, all pages of the document will be printed. The screen to confirm whether to delete
the printed document in the printer's memory is displayed after printing.
To print all the received documents stored in the printer's memory:
Select Batch process, and then select Print all RX documents.
When the print confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes. All the documents in the printer's
memory are printed.
Each time a document is printed, the screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in
the printer's memory is displayed.
If you select Yes, the printed document in the printer's memory is deleted.
455
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
You can delete a specified document in the printer's memory or delete all the documents in its memory at a
time.
Note
When deleting a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3.
Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4.
Select Memory reference.
The memory list is displayed.
A.
Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number
B.
Transaction number (TX/RX NO.)
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent.
A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
C.
Color information
Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white
transmission/reception.
456
Note
If no document is stored in the printer's memory, There is no document in memory. is displayed.
Select OK to return to the previous screen.
5. Select a delete menu.
To specify a document to delete:
Select a document to delete on the Memory list screen, select Delete specified doc..
Note
If the specified document is not stored in the printer's memory, There is no document that
can be deleted. is displayed. Select OK to return to the previous screen.
The confirmation screen is displayed.
If you select Yes, the specified document is deleted from printer's memory.
To delete all documents stored in the printer's memory:
Select Batch process, and then select Delete all documents.
The confirmation screen is displayed.
If you select Yes, all documents are deleted from printer's memory.
457
Saving Document in Printer's Memory to Memory Card
You can save the received faxes stored in the printer's memory to the memory card as PDF files using the
operation panel of the printer.
You can save a specified document in the printer's memory to the memory card or save all the documents in
its memory to the memory card at a time.
Important
Do not remove the memory card from the printer until saving is complete.
For safety reasons, we recommend backing up faxes saved on a memory card to another media
periodically to avoid unexpected accidents.
We assume no responsibility for damage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty
period.
Note
When saving a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
After saving the fax in the printer's memory to the memory card, the fax is still stored in the printer's
memory.
For details on how to delete the fax in the printer's memory, see Deleting Document in Printer's
Memory.
1.
Make sure that printer is turned on.
2.
Insert memory card into card slot.
3.
Select FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
5. Select Memory reference.
The memory list is displayed.
458
A. Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number
B.
Transaction number (TX/RX NO.)
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent.
A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
C.
Color information
Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white
transmission/reception.
Note
If no document is stored in the printer's memory, There is no document in memory. is displayed.
Select OK to return to the previous screen.
6.
Select a save menu.
To specify a document to save on the memory card:
Select a document to save on the Memory list screen, select Save specified document.
Note
If the specified document is not stored in the printer's memory, There is no document that
can be saved. is displayed. Select OK to return to the previous screen.
Select Memory card as the destination. The specified document is saved on the memory card.
To save all the received documents stored in the printer's memory on the memory card:
Select Batch process, and then select Save all RX documents.
Select Memory card as the destination. All documents are saved on the memory card.
Note
You can save up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file.
You can save up to 2000 PDF files on a memory card.
Faxes are saved according to the order of the transaction number when Save all RX documents is
selected.
If the memory card is removed or becomes full while saving faxes is in progress, the error message is
displayed on the touch screen. Select OK to dismiss the error.
The folder and file name of faxes saved on the memory card is as follows:
Folder name: CANON_SC\FAXDOC\0001
459
File name (file extension: PDF): Running numbers, starting from FAX_0001
File date: The date and time of saving as set in the printer.
For details on how to set the date and time:
Setting Date and Time
460
Network
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Network Key Unknown
Cannot Print or Connect
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printing Does Not Start
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Cannot Print or Connect
Error
Installation
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
Fax
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Setting Up the Fax
An Error Occurs
Message (Support Code) Appears
Frequently Asked Questions
Examples of Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Power Does Not Come On
Power Shuts Off By Itself
Display on Touch Screen Is Off
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Printing Does Not Start
Copying/Printing Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printing Is Slow
No Ink Comes Out
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
461
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (Mac OS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Mac OS)
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
Cannot Dial
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Network Key Unknown
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
An Error Occurs
Message (Support Code) Appears
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device
List of Support Code for Error
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (Mac OS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (Mac OS)
Faxing Problems
462
Mechanical Problems
Installation and Download Problems
Errors and Messages
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
463
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wired LAN
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Cannot Find Printer after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Error Occurs During Wireless LAN Setup
Another Printer Found with Same Name
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings
Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Error Occurs During Wireless LAN Setup
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key Unknown
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router SSID for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Checking Status Code
464
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router SSID for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printing Is Slow
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key Unknown
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Printing Network Settings
Default Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printing Is Slow
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Wired LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Another Printer Found with Same Name
465
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Checking Status Code
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printing Is Slow
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)
466
Network Communication Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Network Connection Problems
Other Network Problems
467
Cannot Find Printer on Network
While performing printer setup:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup
(Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
While using printer:
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Note
You cannot use the wireless LAN and the wired LAN at the same time.
468
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Setup (Windows)
If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by
Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by
the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.
If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.
When using wireless LAN:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Power Status
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking PC Network Connection
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's Wireless LAN Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Wireless LAN Environment
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's IP Address
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Security Software Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Wireless Router Settings
When using wired LAN:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking LAN Cable and Router
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking PC Network Connection
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's Wired LAN Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's IP Address
469
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Security Software Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Router Settings
470
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Power Status
Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on.
If printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If printer and network device are on:
If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking PC Network Connection
471
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Wireless LAN Environment
472
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wireless LAN
Settings
Is printer set to allow wireless communication?
Make sure the or icon is displayed on the touch screen.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If icon is displayed:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Wireless LAN Environment
473
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless LAN
Environment
Is printer connected to wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router.
If icon is displayed:
Checking wireless router location
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the
wireless router.
The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router indoors. Make sure the printer is close
enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be
impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with
the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth
as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from
interference sources as possible.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Checking wireless router settings
474
The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz bandwidth. Make sure the
wireless router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth.
Important
Depending on the wireless router, note that different SSID is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4 GHz
or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine) using alphanumeric characters at the end of
SSID.
Check the SSID of the wireless router for the printer on the touch screen.
Tap the icon on the lower left, select Yes, and then check SSID.
For more on the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to
the wireless router.
After connecting the printer to the wireless router, set up the network communication from the beginning.
If icon is displayed:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's IP Address
475
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to
display it.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Security Software Settings
476
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software
Settings
Disable block in firewall function temporarily.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or
the message shown on your computer and disable block temporarily.
If firewall interferes with setup:
If message appears:
If a message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set the
security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network
communication.
If no message appears:
Cancel the setup, and then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network.
The file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM
After setting the security software, redo the network communication setup from the beginning.
After setup is completed, enable firewall.
Note
For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Wireless Router Settings
477
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings
Check wireless router settings.
Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering,
encryption key, and DHCP function.
Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the printer.
To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or
contact the manufacturer.
After checking the wireless router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
478
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking LAN Cable and Router
Is LAN cable connected, and are printer and router on?
Make sure the LAN cable is connected.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Make sure the router is turned on.
If LAN cable is connected and printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
If LAN cable is connected and printer and network device are on:
If the printer cannot not be found after trying to redetect it, even though the printer and the network device
are on:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
PC Network Connection
479
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's Wired LAN Settings
480
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wired LAN
Settings
Is printer set to allow wired communication?
Make sure the icon is displayed on the touch screen.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wired communication. Turn on wired communication on the printer.
Once you have turned on wired communication, redo the network communication setup from the
beginning.
If icon is displayed:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's IP Address
481
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP Address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to
display it.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Security Software Settings
482
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings
Disable block in firewall function temporarily.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or
the message shown on your computer and disable block temporarily.
If firewall interferes with setup:
If message appears:
If a message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set the
security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
If no message appears:
Cancel the setup, and then set the security software to allow Canon software below to access the
network.
The file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM
After setting the security software, redo the network communication setup from the beginning.
After setup is completed, enable firewall.
Note
For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Router Settings
483
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Router Settings
Check router settings.
Check router network connection settings such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP
function.
For more on checking the settings of the router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the router or
contact its manufacturer.
After checking the router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
484
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing RIGHT. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
For Mac OS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1.
Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn it off.
3. Turn on printer.
Check3
If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall MP Drivers.
For Windows:
1. Click Cancel.
2. Click Back to Top on Setup Canceled screen.
3. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.
485
4. Turn off printer.
5. Restart computer.
6. Make sure you have no application software running.
7. Perform setup on web page.
Note
You can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup.
For Mac OS:
1.
Click Next.
If the screen telling you that installation has not been completed appears, click Abort on displayed
screen and finish setup.
If the Connection failed. screen appears:
1.
Click Next.
2.
Click Next on displayed screen.
3.
Click Back to Top on Select Printer screen.
4.
Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.
3.
Turn off printer.
4.
Restart computer.
5.
Make sure you have no application software running.
6.
Perform setup on web page.
486
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Check1
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Check2
Check the (Network status) icon on the touch screen.
If the icon is displayed, wireless LAN is disabled.
Select Active on WLAN active/inactive in Wireless LAN under LAN settings.
If the icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is
complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Check3
Make sure printer setup is complete.
If it is not, perform setup.
For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the
web page.
For Windows
For Mac OS
Check4
Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical
with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the SSID set for the printer with that for
2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the SSID set for the printer, print out the network setting information.
487
Printing Network Settings
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN
due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check6
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
488
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.
Check8
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
properties dialog box of the printer driver. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check10
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (Mac OS)
If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.
For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
489
Network Connection Problems
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Network Key Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its
Settings
490
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Wireless Direct
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wired LAN
Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Computer Connected to the Network
Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change
It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wireless LAN
Check1
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.
For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the
wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
Check3
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the
icon is not displayed, wireless LAN is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4
Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical
with those of the wireless router.
491
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless
LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check6
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
492
Check7
Make sure you are using a valid channel.
Usable wireless channels may be limited depending on wireless network device used by your computer. See
the instruction manual provided with your computer or wireless network device to check usable wireless
channels.
Check8
Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
Check 7.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some
programs use a firewall by default.
Check10
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you
use alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (Mac OS)
If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.
For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
Positioning:
Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Wireless Direct
Check1
Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.
Check2
Is the
icon displayed on the touch screen?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
493
Make sure wireless LAN is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the identifier for Wireless Direct (SSID) specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the identifier for wireless direct (SSID) specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of
the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
Place the device and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between
different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials
containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Place devices a suitable distance from the printer.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wired LAN
494
Check1
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Check2
Make sure the LAN cable is connected properly.
Make sure the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the
cable properly.
If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.
If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.
For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Computer Connected to the
Network
Check1
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.
Check2
If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.
Check3
When using wireless LAN, make sure wireless router does not restrict which
computers can access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
495
Network Key Unknown
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Setting an Encryption Key
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
496
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is
compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
Using WPA/WPA2
The authentication method, passphrase, and dynamic encryption type must be the same for the
wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the passphrase configured on the wireless router (a sequence of between 8 and 63
alphanumeric characters, or a 64-character hexadecimal number).
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-
Personal).
Using WEP
The key length, key format, key to use (one of 1 to 4), and authentication method must be the same
for the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that uses automatically generated WEP keys, you must set the
printer to use the key generated by the wireless router, entering it in hexadecimal format.
For Windows:
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings
(Wireless LAN) screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set
the WEP key length, format, and the number.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless
Security of AirPort Utility.
Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for key length in AirPort Base Station.
Select 1 for Key ID. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with printer via the
wireless router.
497
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changing Its Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer.
For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1
Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
498
Check2
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
Check3
If using WPA/WPA2 or WEP key, make sure encryption key for computer,
network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
Not only the WEP key itself, but also the key length, key format, the key ID to use, and the authentication
method must be the same for the printer, the wireless router, and the computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
499
Other Network Problems
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
500
Checking Network Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
You can display the printer's MAC address on the touch screen.
System information
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to
a network, the IP address does not appear.
For Mac OS:
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
501
When you are using wireless LAN on your computer, make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network
interface. When you are using wired LAN, make sure Ethernet is selected.
3. Check the IP address or MAC address.
Click TCP/IP to check the IP address.
Click Hardware to check the MAC address.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
For Windows:
1.
Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Type the ping command and press Enter.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
For Mac OS:
1. Start Network Utility as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2. Click Ping.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
502
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If packet loss is 100%, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is communicating
with target device.
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
503
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
For Windows:
Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing, scanning, or faxing operation
from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to
the factory defaults, redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing, scanning, or faxing operation
from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to
the factory defaults, redo setup from the web page.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
504
Printing Problems
Printing Does Not Start
No Ink Comes Out
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
505
Printing Does Not Start
Check1
Make sure printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn it on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check the following:
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the
web page.
For Windows
For Mac OS
Check3
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or the cassette, an error message appears
on the touch screen. Follow the instructions on the touch screen to solve the problem.
Note
You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Device user settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Mac OS)
Check4
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
506
For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
For Mac OS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check5
Is your printer's printer driver is selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
To make the printer the one selected by default, select Set as Default Printer.
For Mac OS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
To make the printer the one selected by default, select the printer for Default printer.
Check6
Is print data extremely large? (Windows)
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in
the dialog that appears.
* This may reduce print quality.
Check7
If printing from your computer, restart computer.
507
No Ink Comes Out
Check1
Has ink run out?
Open the scanning unit / cover and check the ink status on the touch screen.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Check2
Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank?
Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
508
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error
Check1
Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
When loading paper, consider the following.
When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper
guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front
paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4
When loading postcards or envelopes, consider the following:
If a postcard is curled, it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
Load Japanese postcards with their postcode column downward on the rear tray.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
509
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
Note
If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
Check7
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8
If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of
cassette.
510
Cleaning Cassette Pads
Check9
Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly?
See
Rear View for the positions of the transport unit cover and the rear cover.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
511
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, check the
paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
Copying Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
Copying a photo Check the settings using the operation panel.
Copying Photos
Printing from memory card Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN)
compliant device
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings
Check the settings using the operation panel.
PictBridge print settings
Printing from your computer (Windows) Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Check2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see table above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Note
When printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the
operation panel.
512
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
Check3
If problem is not resolved, check other causes.
See also the sections below:
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear
Lines Are Misaligned
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Cannot Complete Printing
Vertical Line Next to Image
Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Ink Blots / Paper Curl
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Uneven or Streaked Colors
513
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks
Appear
Printing Is Blurry
Colors Are Wrong
514
White Streaks Appear
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check3
Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank?
Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check4
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
515
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Check5
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the
cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6
Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
Check7
Make sure original is loaded correctly on platen glass or in ADF.
Loading Originals
Check8
Is original document is loaded with proper side facing up/down?
When loading the original on the platen glass, the side to be copied should be face down. When loading the
original in the ADF, the side to be copied should be face up.
Check9
Did you copy a printout done by this printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
516
Lines Are Misaligned
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position
For Mac OS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
Check3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the printer driver may improve the print result.
517
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
Smudged Edges Smudged Surface
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Supported Media Types
Check3
Correct curl before loading paper.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl. In this case, load the
paper with the other side facing up. It may resolve the problem.
Other Paper
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
518
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(C) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If
you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
From operation panel
Touch the HOME button, select
(Setup) icon, Settings, Device settings, and Print settings, and
then set Prevent paper abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
From computer
For Windows:
1.
Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Open printer driver setup window.
519
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
3. Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings.
4. Select Prevent paper abrasion check box and click OK.
For Mac OS:
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5
If intensity is set high, reduce intensity setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the intensity setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Intensity
Copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check6
Do not print outside recommended printing area.
If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper, ink may stain the lower edge of the paper.
Resize the document using application software.
Print Area
Check7
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Check8
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers
Note
Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check9
Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
520
Check10
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
For Windows:
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Open printer driver setup window.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
3.
Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings.
4.
Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and click OK.
5.
Check message and click OK.
For Mac OS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
521
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line may appear in the margin.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
522
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems
523
Scanning Problems
Scanner Does Not Work
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
524
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
Check 3
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 5
Restart the computer.
525
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Important
If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.
Note
The operation may differ depending on the application.
Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3
Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your
application.
526
Faxing Problems
Problems Sending Faxes
Problems Receiving Faxes
Telephone Problems
527
Problems Sending Faxes
Cannot Send a Fax
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
528
Cannot Send a Fax
Check1
Is power turned on?
You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the ON lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns on
the power automatically.
If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the ON lamp is off),
reconnect it, and then press the ON button to turn on the power.
If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power
failure is resolved.
Important
Confirm that the ON lamp is off before unplugging the power cord, and then unplug the power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to
Unplugging the Printer.
Note
If the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord, the
list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed after turning
the printer on.
For details, see Summary of Reports and Lists.
Check2
Is document being sent from memory or the fax being received into memory?
When the message for the transmission/reception is displayed on the Fax standby screen, a fax is being sent
from/received into printer's memory. Wait until the transmission/reception is complete.
Check3
Is printer's memory full?
Delete contents in memory, and then send a fax again.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Check4
Is telephone line type set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Check5
Is Hook key setting set to Disable?
When you send a fax manually, dial the number with Enable selected for Hook key setting in Security control
under FAX settings, or dial the number using the telephone connected to the printer.
529
FAX settings
Check6
Is Dial tone detect set to ON?
Resend the fax after a while.
If you still cannot send the fax, select OFF for Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
Check7
Is fax number registered correctly in printer's directory?
Check the recipient's fax/telephone number, correct the fax/telephone number registered in the printer's
directory, and then send the document again.
Changing Registered Information
Note
You can check the registered information in the printer's directory by printing RECIPIENT TELEPHONE
NUMBER LIST.
Summary of Reports and Lists
Check8
Does an error occur during transmission?
Ensure that a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen. When a message is displayed on the Fax
standby screen, check the cause.
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error.
Summary of Reports and Lists
If a transmission error has occurred, see below.
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
Check9
Is document loaded properly?
Remove the document, and then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF.
Loading Originals
Check10
Does a printer error occur?
Ensure that an error message is displayed on the touch screen. When an error message is displayed on the
touch screen, check the cause.
When the error message with the support code is displayed, refer to
List of Support Code for Error.
When the error message without the support code is displayed, refer to Message (Support Code) Appears.
If you are in a hurry, touch the Stop button to close the message, and then send the fax.
Check11
Is telephone line connected correctly?
Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack.
Connecting Telephone Line
530
If the telephone line is connected correctly, there is a problem with your telephone line. Contact your telephone
company and the manufacturer of your terminal adapter or telephone adapter.
531
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
Check
Check telephone line condition or connection.
If errors occur frequently when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that they can be reduced by selecting
Reduce for Error reduction setting (VoIP) on Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
For details, see Error reduction setting (VoIP).
FAX settings
Note
If selecting Reduce does not reduce errors, select Do not reduce.
In addition, when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that errors occur more often if 4800 bps or 9600 bps
is selected for TX start speed. Select 14400 bps or 33600 bps.
If the telephone line or connection is poor when using a general telephone, reducing the transmission start speed
may correct the error.
Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX
settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
532
Problems Receiving Faxes
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
533
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Check1
Is the power turned on?
You cannot receive faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the ON lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns on
the power automatically.
If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the ON lamp is off),
reconnect it, and then press the ON button to turn on the power.
If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power
failure is resolved.
Important
Confirm that the ON lamp is off before unplugging the power cord, and then unplug the power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to
Unplugging the Printer.
Note
If the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord, the
list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed after turning
the printer on.
For details, see Summary of Reports and Lists.
Check2
Is the printer's memory full?
Print the received faxes stored in the printer's memory or save them on the memory card, and then delete them
from the printer's memory and have the sender resend the faxes.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Check3
Does an error occur during reception?
Ensure that a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen. When a message is displayed on the Fax
standby screen, check the cause.
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error.
Summary of Reports and Lists
If a reception error has occurred, see below.
Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax
534
Check4
Is telephone line cable connected to external device jack?
Reconnect it to the telephone line jack.
Connecting Telephone Line
Check5
Is a different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper
settings loaded?
If a different size of paper from that specified by Page size is loaded for printing faxes, the received faxes will not
be printed and will be stored in the printer's memory (Memory Reception). Load the same size of paper as that
specified by Page size, and then select OK on the touch screen.
Check6
Is paper loaded?
If paper is not loaded, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without being printed (Memory
Reception). Load paper, and then select OK on the touch screen.
Check7
Is amount of remaining ink sufficient to print a fax?
If the amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without
being printed (Memory Reception). Replace the ink tank, and then print the faxes in the printer's memory.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Note
If the printer was receiving faxes in the fax mode, printing will start automatically after the ink tank is
replaced.
Replacing Ink Tanks
When the printer receives black & white faxes in the printer's memory, if 2-sided is selected for 2-
sidedPrintSetting in FAX paper settings, selecting 1-sided may print the faxes.
You can set the printer to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.
Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the printer's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received documents in
Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the printer's memory. After you
replace the ink tank and select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings, the fax stored in the
printer's memory will be printed automatically.
FAX settings
Check8
Is printer set to appropriate receive mode?
Check the receive mode setting and change it to a mode suited to your connection if necessary.
Setting Receive Mode
Check9
Is FAX reception reject set to ON?
Select OFF for FAX reception reject in Security control under FAX settings.
535
For details on how to set, see Rejecting Fax Reception.
Check10
Are there setting items set Reject in Caller rejection?
If you select Reject for any setting items in Caller rejection in Security control under FAX settings, the printer
rejects calls for setting item selected Reject.
For details on how to set, see Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls.
536
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
Check1
Check scan settings of sender's fax device.
Ask the sender to adjust the scan settings of the fax device.
Check2
Is ECM RX set to OFF?
Select ON for ECM RX in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
If ECM RX is enabled, the sender's fax device resends the fax after correcting errors automatically.
FAX settings
Check3
Is sender's original document or scanning area of sender's fax device dirty?
The image quality of the fax is mainly determined by the sender's fax device. Contact the sender and ask the
sender to check whether the scanning area of the fax device is dirty.
Check4
Is ECM transmission/reception enabled although line/connection is poor, or is
sender's fax device compatible with ECM?
Select ON for ECM RX in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax device is set to enable ECM transmission.
If the sender's or recipient's fax device is not compatible with ECM, the fax will be sent/received without
automatic error correction.
Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX
settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
Check5
Did you confirm paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
537
Telephone Problems
Cannot Dial
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
538
Cannot Dial
Check1
Is telephone line cable connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
Check2
Is telephone line type of printer or external device set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
539
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Check
Is telephone line cable or telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external
telephone, an answering machine, or a computer modem) connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external telephone, an
answering machine, or a computer modem) are connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
540
Mechanical Problems
Power Does Not Come On
Power Shuts Off By Itself
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Touch Screen Shows Wrong Language
541
Power Does Not Come On
Check1
Press ON button.
Check2
Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn it back on.
Check3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn it
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
542
Power Shuts Off By Itself
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
To disable the setting from the operation panel:
1.
Make sure printer is turned on.
2.
Select Setup on the HOME screen.
3.
Select Settings.
4.
Select ECO.
5.
Select Energy saving settings.
6.
Check on-screen instructions and select Next.
7.
Select Auto power off.
8.
Select Never.
9.
Select OK.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
To disable the setting from the computer:
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Maintenance tab Description
2. Select printer you are using from pulldown menu and select OK.
The menu screen appears.
3. Select Auto Power.
4. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
Refer to below to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).
Scanner Tab
543
USB Connection Problems
Printing or Scanning Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not
Work/"This device can perform faster" Message Appears (Windows)
If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of
USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to the
communication speed.
Check
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed
USB connection.
Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
Does the operating system of your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Install the latest update for your computer.
Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly?
If necessary, obtain and install the latest version of the Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer.
Important
For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
544
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2
Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing RIGHT. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
properties dialog box of the printer driver. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
545
Installation and Download Problems
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
546
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
If installation does not start when you insert Setup CD-ROM:
Follow the instructions below to start the installation.
1. Make the following settings.
In Windows 10, click Start button > File Explorer, and then click This PC from list on left.
In Windows 8.1, select Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, and then select This PC from list
on left.
In Windows 7, click Start, and then click Computer.
2. Double-click the CD-ROM icon in the window that appears.
If the contents of the CD-ROM appear, double-click MSETUP4.EXE.
If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM, install them from the Canon website.
Note
If the CD-ROM icon does not appear, try the following:
Remove the CD-ROM from your computer and reinsert it.
Restart your computer.
If the icon still does not appear, try a different disc and see if it appears. If it does, there is a
problem with the Setup CD-ROM. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
547
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Other cases:
Reinstall the MP Drivers.
If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then
reinstall the MP Drivers.
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.
Note
If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you
may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.
548
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers.
Download the latest MP Drivers for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that
you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with wireless LAN
connection or Use the printer with wired LAN connection according to the connection method you use.
The printer is detected automatically in the network.
Make sure the printer was found, and install the MP Drivers following the on-screen instructions.
Note
The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
549
Errors and Messages
An Error Occurs
Message (Support Code) Appears
550
An Error Occurs
If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, an error message appears on the
computer screen and the touch screen.
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer
screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the touch screen:
A support code and action for the error appears on the touch screen.
For details on how to resolve errors, see List of Support Code for Error.
Note
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
551
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear.
Note
A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some errors. For details on errors that
have support code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the touch screen, see below.
Message Appears on Touch Screen
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed (Windows)
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears (Mac OS)
Message Appears on Touch Screen
Check the message and take an appropriate action.
Data of supported types are not saved.
There is no image data saved on the memory card that can be read by this printer.
The printer may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contain certain characters.
Use only alphanumeric characters.
Photo data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer.
Note
When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected, "?" is displayed on the
touch screen.
Check the page size and tap [OK].
The size of the loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting.
Load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting and select OK.
Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the button when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Select OK on the touch screen.
Note
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
552
The power cord has been unplugged and unsent/received docs in memory have been lost.
A power failure has occurred or the power cord has been unplugged when the faxes are stored in the
printer's memory.
Important
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory
are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, see Unplugging the Printer.
Select OK on the touch screen.
After selecting OK, the list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR
REPORT) will be printed.
For details, refer to Summary of Reports and Lists.
Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Select OK on the touch screen and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Check
See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
(Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer for unplugging the power cord.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn it on.
553
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
Check4
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1.
Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below.
If User Account Control screen is displayed, follow the on-screen instructions.
In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Device Manager.
In Windows 8.1, select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound >
Device Manager.
In Windows 7, click Control Panel, Hardware and Sound, and Device Manager.
2.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is correctly
connected to the computer.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3.
Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
554
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
"Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
"Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is
Displayed (Windows)
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, a screen appears asking for
permission to send the printer and application usage information every month for about ten years.
Read the information on the screen and follow the instructions below.
If you agree to participate in survey program:
Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the
Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically
and the confirmation screen does not reappear.
Note
When the information is being sent, a warning such as an Internet security message may appear.
Make sure the program name is "IJPLMUI.exe" and allow it.
555
If you clear Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be sent
automatically from next time and a confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey.
To send the information automatically, see Changing confirmation screen setting:.
If you do not agree to participate in survey program:
Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped. The confirmation
screen will reappear one month later.
To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:
To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, click Uninstall and follow the
on-screen instructions.
Changing confirmation screen setting:
1. Make the following settings.
In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Programs and Features.
In Windows 8.1, select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop > Programs >
Programs and Features.
In Windows 7, select Start menu > Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features.
Note
A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when installing, uninstalling or starting up
software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
If you are logged in on an account with administrator privileges, follow the on-screen
instructions.
2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
3. Select Change.
If you select Yes after you have followed the on-screen instructions, the confirmation screen will
appear at the time of the next survey.
If you select No, the information will be sent automatically.
Note
If you select Uninstall, the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is
uninstalled. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears
(Mac OS)
556
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, the printer and application
software usage information is sent every month for about ten years. The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax
Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage
information.
Click the icon, read the information that appears, and then follow the instructions below.
If you agree to participate in survey program:
Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the
Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically
and the confirmation screen does not reappear.
Note
If you clear the Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be
sent automatically the next time and the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program
icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey.
If you do not agree to participate in survey program:
Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped. The confirmation
screen will reappear one month later.
To stop sending the information:
Click Turn off. This stops the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, and information
is not sent. To resume the survey, see Changing setting:.
557
To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:
1. Stop Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
Changing setting:
2. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet
Extended Survey Program folder.
3. Move Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app to Trash.
4. Restart computer.
Empty Trash and restart your computer.
Changing setting:
To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume
surveying, follow the procedure below.
1. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet
Extended Survey Program folder.
2. Double-click Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon.
Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent:
If the check box is selected, the information will be sent automatically.
If the check box is not selected, Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program
icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey. Click the icon and follow the on-
screen instructions.
Turn off/Turn on button:
Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
558
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the touch screen and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the touch screen and computer screen and take
the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Touch Screen and Computer Screen
1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1003 1200 1240 1270 1300
1303 1304 1309 1310 1313 1401
1403 1405 140B 1410 1411 1412
1413 1414 1551 1552 1600 1660
1684 1688 1689 168C 1700 1701
1730 1731 1871 1874 1890
2000 to 2ZZZ
2110 2113 2114 2120 2123 2700
2801 2802 2803 2900 2901
3000 to 3ZZZ
3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407
3408 340A 340B 340C 3410 3411
3412 3413 3438 3439 3440 3441
3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447
4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103 4104 495A
5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5040 5050 5100 5200
520E 5400 5700 5B00 5B01 5C02
559
6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6001 6004 6500 6502 6800
6801 6830 6831 6832 6833 6900
6901 6902 6910 6911 6920 6921
6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937
6938 6939 693A 6940 6941 6942
6943 6944 6945 6946 6951 6A80
6A81
8000 to 8ZZZ
8300
9000 to 9ZZZ
9500
A000 to ZZZZ
B202 B203 B204 B205 C000
For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
560
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed:
1300
If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
If the paper fed from the cassette is jammed:
1303
If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing:
1304
If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper:
1313
If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed
inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the document is jammed in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder):
2801
Cases other than above:
Other Cases
561
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed, remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or from
the rear tray following the instructions below.
Important
The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory.
Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not
unplug when turning off the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
1.
Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap
Stop to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot or from the rear tray, try to pull the
paper out from the rear side of the printer.
562
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Reload paper and select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
563
1303
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from cassette.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the paper is jammed at the feeder of the cassette:
Pull out the cassette, and then remove the paper slowly with both hands.
If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2.
Load paper in cassette properly.
When you load A4 sized paper in the cassette, make sure you have extended it.
1.
Remove cassette cover (A).
564
2. Press down lock (B) on cassette.
3.
Pull cassette back and forth while holding down lock (B).
Loading Paper in the Cassette
2.
Perform printing or copying again.
565
1304
Cause
Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the paper is jammed at the feeder of the cassette:
Pull out the cassette, and then remove the paper slowly with both hands.
If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2.
Load paper in cassette properly.
When you load A4 sized paper in the cassette, make sure you have extended it.
1.
Remove cassette cover (A).
566
2. Press down lock (B) on cassette.
3.
Pull cassette back and forth while holding down lock (B).
Loading Paper in the Cassette
2.
Perform printing or copying again.
567
1313
Cause
Paper is jammed as printer pulled in printed paper.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper, try to remove the paper from the following
locations.
Paper output slot
1300
Inside of the printer
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the measures above do not solve the problem, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open
the rear cover and to remove the paper.
568
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot, or if the jammed
paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.
Important
The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory.
Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not unplug
when turning off the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop to
stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1.
Turn off printer and unplug it.
2.
Open scanning unit / cover.
Important
Do not touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
569
3. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far
right or left.
4.
Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.
570
6.
Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
Any paper left under the print head holder?
Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?
7.
Close scanning unit / cover.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a
paper jam message appears on the touch screen or on your computer screen when you resume
printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer.
Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
571
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Important
The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory.
Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not unplug
when turning off the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop to
stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1.
Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.
2.
Open rear tray cover and then pull up paper support.
3. Detach rear cover.
Pull out the rear cover.
572
4.
Slowly pull out paper.
Note
Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
If you were not able to remove the paper in this step, detach the transport unit cover and remove the
paper by following these steps.
1.
Detach transport unit cover.
Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it.
573
2.
Slowly pull out paper.
Note
Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
3.
Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
4.
Attach transport unit cover.
Insert the transport unit cover slowly all the way into printer and take down the transport unit
cover.
574
5.
Attach rear cover.
Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the
rear cover until it is closed completely.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
575
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
There is no paper in the rear tray.
Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
Load paper in the rear tray.
Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the rear tray.
Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Important
Be sure to close the feed slot cover after loading paper in the rear tray. If the feed slot cover is open,
paper cannot be fed.
Note
After loading paper in the rear tray, the screen for setting rear tray paper information appears. Set
paper information for the paper in the rear tray.
To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
576
1003
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
There is no paper in the cassette.
Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
Load paper in the cassette.
Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette.
Set paper information for the paper in the cassette.
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Note
Once the cassette is inserted, the screen for setting cassette paper information appears. Set paper
information for the paper in the cassette.
The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source.
The loadable paper in the cassette is A4, Letter, A5, or B5 size plain paper.
To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
577
1200
Cause
Scanning unit/cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank.
578
1401
Cause
Print head may be damaged.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
579
1600
Cause
Ink may have run out.
What to Do
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, tap OK on the printer with the ink tank installed.
Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The printer may be
damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition, the received fax will
not be printed and will be stored in the printer's memory until the ink is replaced. You must manually print
out faxes that were stored in the memory.
You can change the setting so that the received fax is forcibly printed out instead of being stored in the
memory, but all or part of the fax information may not be printed because of the ink out condition.
580
1660
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be performed because the ink tank is not installed or is not compatible with this printer.
Check the ink tank.
If you want to cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer.
581
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit (cover).
Printing under the current condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the
remaining ink level. Touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation
of printing under the ink out condition.
Note
If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
582
1689
Cause
Printer detected ink out condition.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit (cover).
An ink tank that was once empty is installed.
Printing under the ink out condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To
disable this function, touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing
under the ink out condition or by using refilled ink tanks.
Note
If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
583
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Select OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
584
1890
Cause
Tape for securing print head holder during transportation may still be attached.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure the tape for securing the print head holder during
transportation has been removed.
If the tape is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
585
2110
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match cassette paper information set on printer.
Note
See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the touch screen.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
For copying, make the copy paper settings to match cassette paper information set on the printer.
See below for details on cassette paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown
below, a message appears on the touch screen.
Print settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
Cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
After selecting OK on the touch screen, the print or copy paper settings appear below the message.
586
What to Do
Select OK on the touch screen again to display the screen below.
Select the appropriate action.
Note
Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, the
A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette.
587
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4,
change the paper in the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
Once you have inserted the cassette after changing the paper, the screen for setting cassette paper
information appears. Set paper information for the paper in the cassette.
Note
If you do not know what paper information to set, tap (Back). The previous screen appears,
showing the paper size and media type. Check the paper settings and set them as cassette paper
information.
See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the touch screen.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the
printer:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Mac OS)
588
2900
Cause
Scanning print head alignment sheet failed.
What to Do
Select OK on the printer's touch screen and check the following.
Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen
glass.
Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.
Make sure the loaded paper is correct.
For print head alignment, load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
Make sure the print head nozzle is not clogged.
Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern.
After checking the above, start over auto print head alignment from the beginning.
If the error is still not resolved, try manual print head alignment.
589
2901
Cause
Print head alignment pattern has been printed and printer is waiting to scan sheet.
What to Do
Scan the printed alignment pattern.
1.
Load print head alignment sheet on platen glass.
Place the printed side down and align the mark in the bottom right corner of the sheet with the
alignment mark
.
2.
Slowly close the document cover and select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and automatically adjusts the print head
position.
590
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Tap Stop on the touch screen to cancel printing.
Then change the print settings and retry printing.
591
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
592
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
593
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Cancel printing and turn off the printer.
Check the following:
Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during
transportation, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
594
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
595
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
596
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
597
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Cancel printing and turn off the printer.
Check the following:
Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during
transportation, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
598
9


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for Canon Pixma TR8550 at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of Canon Pixma TR8550 in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 19,57 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

Others manual(s) of Canon Pixma TR8550

Canon Pixma TR8550 User Manual - German - 626 pages

Canon Pixma TR8550 User Manual - Dutch - 620 pages

Canon Pixma TR8550 Quick start guide - All languages - 100 pages


The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info